diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'helpcontent2/source/text/swriter')
406 files changed, 34048 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3140db62 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0000000004xml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">To access this function...</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <paragraph id="hd_id3156386" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="wie">To access this function...</variable></paragraph> + <section id="sywrap_off"> + <table id="tbl_id3148488"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150253" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapoff.png" id="img_id3145389" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145389">Wrap Off Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150211" xml-lang="en-US">Wrap Off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + <section id="sywrap_on"> + <table id="tbl_id3154762"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156397" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapon.png" id="img_id3149048" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149048">Wrap On Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147299" xml-lang="en-US">Wrap On</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + <section id="sywrap_through"> + <table id="tbl_id3155626"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapthrough.png" id="img_id3152999" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152999">Wrap Through Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153738" xml-lang="en-US">Wrap Through</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + <section id="jump_to_previous_script"> + <table id="tbl_id3150933"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148773" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="res/sc06301.png" id="img_id3149026" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149026">Jump to Previous Script Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147174" xml-lang="en-US">Jump to Previous Script</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + <section id="jump_to_next_script"> + <table id="tbl_id3151183"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151265" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="res/sc06300.png" id="img_id3151272" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3151272"> Jump to Next Script Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150260" xml-lang="en-US">Jump to Next Script</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + + + + + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..973db9710 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0000000401xml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">File Menu</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">File Menu</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154487" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="exportdoc">Menu <emph>File - Export</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenstarimpress">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153249" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenclipboard">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Clipboard</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146962" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenautoabstract">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create AutoAbstract</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156397" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenpraeser">Choose <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147404" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="html">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="mail_merge"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149350" xml-lang="en-US">Insert at least one address database field into a text document, then start printing the document. Answer "Yes" to the question whether you want to print a form letter.<comment>i80170</comment></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="symail_merge"> +<table id="tbl_id3149877"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083448" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3083452" src="cmd/sc_mergedialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3083452" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149025" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..364b0e600 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0000000402xml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Menu</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Menu</paragraph> +<section id="autotext"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154485" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151243" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143228" xml-lang="en-US">On the Insert toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syautotext"> +<table id="tbl_id3153808"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149048" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3156418" src="cmd/sc_editglossary.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3156418" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149349" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datenaust">Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146316" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehl">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussnote">Choose <emph>Edit - Footnotes</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="index_entry"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153737" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150928" xml-lang="en-US">Open context menu - choose <emph>Index Entry</emph> +</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148769" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereiche">Choose <emph>Format - Sections</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155990" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotextum">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText - AutoText - Rename</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147168" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="lit">Choose <emph>Edit - Bibliography Entry</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3973204" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="selection_mode">Choose <emph>Edit - Selection Mode</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3973244" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="direct_cursor">Choose <emph>Edit - Direct Cursor Mode</emph></variable></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a02972dee --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0000000403xml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">View Menu</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US">View Menu</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149502" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="lineal">Choose <menuitem>View - Rulers - Rulers</menuitem> </variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3148871" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="textbegrenzungen">Choose <menuitem>View - Text Boundaries</menuitem> </variable></paragraph> + +<section id="field_shadings"> +<paragraph id="par_id3153248" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Field Shadings</menuitem> </paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154763" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode> +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F8</keycode></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="field_names"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149052" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Field Names</menuitem> </paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151387" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode> +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F9</keycode></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="formatting_marks"> +<paragraph id="par_id3155625" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Formatting Marks</menuitem> </paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145823" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode> +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F10</keycode></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154508" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">On Standard bar, click</paragraph> + +<section id="syformatting_marks"> + +<table id="tbl_id3153732"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150932" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150502" src="cmd/sc_controlcodes.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150502">Formatting Marks Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153716" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Marks</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<section id="show_whitespace"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401629894593714">Choose <menuitem>View - Show Whitespace</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <table id="tab_id131629893774664"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291629893774665" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_showwhitespace.svg" id="img_id221629893774666" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id141629893774667">Icon Show Whitespace </alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id311629893774668" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show Whitespace</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> + + + +<section id="webbrowser"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149712" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Web</menuitem></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154640" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">On Tools bar, enable</paragraph> + +<section id="sybrowser"> + +<table id="tbl_id3151264"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150765" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3147572" src="cmd/sc_browseview.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3147572">Web Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149291" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Web</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> + +<section id="normal_layout"> +<paragraph id="par_id3151176" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Normal</menuitem><comment>removed table with icon (was copy/paste error)</comment></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3149808" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hidden_para">Choose <menuitem>View - Hidden Paragraphs</menuitem> </variable></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b79e105d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0000000404xml" indexer="exclude"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Menu</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3151242">Insert Menu</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149130" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ManualBreak">Choose <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</menuitem> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="MoreBreaks"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id281601655468613" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="morebreaks">Choose <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="insert_field"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154654" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field</menuitem></paragraph> +<comment>Fields do not have context menus (15.01.20)</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146966" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fieldcontextmenu" visibility="hidden">Open context menu - choose <menuitem>Fields</menuitem> (inserted fields)</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149053" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehldatum">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Date</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151393" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehluhrzeit">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Time</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146325" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehlseitennummer">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Page Number</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149356" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="pagecount_field">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Page Count</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153003" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehlthema">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Subject</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehltitel">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - Title</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehlautor">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - First Author</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_more_fields"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148386" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - More Fields</menuitem></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155990" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F2</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147174" xml-lang="en-US">On Insert toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_more_fields"> +<table id="tbl_id3154642"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3146959" src="cmd/sc_insertfield.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3146959" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153619" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Fields</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="felddokument">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Document</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_cross_references"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154692" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Cross-references</emph> tab</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldfunktionen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Functions</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153581" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="felddokumentinfo">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - DocInformation</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150710" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldvariablen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Variables</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152945" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="felddatenbank">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Database</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_section"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149810" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_section"> +<table id="tbl_id3150349"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3152952" src="cmd/sc_insertsection.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Section</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150828" xml-lang="en-US">Section</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereicheinbereich">Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph> tab or choose <emph>Format - Sections</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154197" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sectionindents">Choose <menuitem>Insert > Section > Indents</menuitem> tab or choose <menuitem>Format > Sections</menuitem> - <widget>Options</widget> button - <emph>Indents</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_footnote_endnote"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151322" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155178" xml-lang="en-US">Open context menu - choose <emph>Footnote/Endnote</emph> (inserted Footnote/Endnote)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143279" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_footnote"> +<table id="tbl_id3149826"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151261" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149099" src="cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3149099" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Footnote Directly</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<section id="syinsert_endnote"> +<table id="tbl_id3147221"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3147586" src="cmd/sc_insertendnote.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3147586" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147076" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Endnote Directly</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<section id="insert_caption"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154385" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153358" xml-lang="en-US">Open context menu - choose <emph>Caption</emph> +</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="insert_caption_options"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption - Options</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149169" xml-lang="en-US">Open context menu - choose <emph>Caption - Options</emph> +</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="insert_bookmark"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150587" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_bookmark"> +<table id="tbl_id3156379"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148884" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151369" src="sw/res/nc20005.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3151369" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150689" xml-lang="en-US">Bookmark</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfscript">Choose <emph>Insert - Script</emph> (only HTML documents) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155866" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verzeichnisseeinf">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_index_entry"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147471" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147490" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_index_entry"> +<table id="tbl_id3145256"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145131" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149551" src="cmd/sc_insertindexesentry.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150549" xml-lang="en-US">Entry</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149217" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156225" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="inhaltsverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147745" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="benutzerverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146342" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz1">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147449" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz2">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (depending on the type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149835" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz21">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz22">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155575" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz23">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151080" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz24">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154777" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz25">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148448" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz26">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145304" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz27">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153295" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz28">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph>, mark "Additional Styles" check box and then click <emph>Assign styles</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150173" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz3">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (depending on type selected) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154725" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz31">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150448" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz32">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156101" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz33">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156125" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz34">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153982" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz35">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155597" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz36">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145625" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verz37">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type) +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149767" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="litdef">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph> and click <emph>Edit</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150918" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz3">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Styles</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149249" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="briefumschlag">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155087" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="umschlagb">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Envelope</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146955" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="formatbr">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Format</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154342" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="druckerbr">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Printer</emph> tab +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="frame"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148781" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syframe"> +<table id="tbl_id3155100"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149372" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149379" src="cmd/sc_insertframe.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Insert Frame</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151229" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Frame Manually</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<section id="insert_table"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154251" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153129" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F12</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148817" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_table"> +<table id="tbl_id3154350"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154620" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154627" src="cmd/sc_grid.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3154627" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147382" xml-lang="en-US">Table</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149627" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfhorizlinie">Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Rule</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="insert_text_from_file"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150661" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Text from File</menuitem> +</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150679" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph> +<section id="syinsert_text_from_file"> +<table id="tbl_id3146296"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149959" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149966" src="cmd/sc_insertdoc.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150599" xml-lang="en-US">Text from File</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147267" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kopfzeile">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147290" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fusszeile">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> +</variable></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c940e4a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0000000405xml" indexer="exclude"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Format Menu</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <h1 id="hd_id3150758">Format Menu</h1> + <section id="drop_caps"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153618" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Drop Caps</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149294" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Drop Caps</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="text_flow"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154697" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154260" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Text Flow</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154275" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace - Format - Text Flow</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="conditional_style"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10715" role="paragraph">Right-click a paragraph with style <literal>Text body</literal>. Choose <menuitem>Paragraph - Edit Style - Condition</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id651578069976376">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>). Right-click any paragraph style. Choose <menuitem>New - Condition</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="loadstyles"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id221579830516951">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Load Styles from Template</menuitem></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id655978063576">In the Styles window, do a long click on the <emph>Styles action</emph> icon on the top right. Choose <menuitem>Load Styles from Template</menuitem> from the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_idN10739">Different ways to open <emph>Styles</emph> window:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem><paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id51579866880596">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem> + <listitem><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id651578066376">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem></paragraph></listitem> + <listitem><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id651378063576">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Manage Styles</menuitem></paragraph></listitem> + </list> + </section> + <section id="formatpage"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152947" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Format - Page Style</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153536" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>) - choose Page Styles - open context menu for selected style - <emph>New/Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="outline_list"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154470" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Format - Paragraph - Outline & List</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id231616224233651">Right-click a paragraph, choose <menuitem>Paragraph - Paragraph - Outline & List</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41616224423602">Right-click a paragraph, choose <menuitem>Paragraph - Edit Style - Outline & List</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154413" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Edit Style - Outline & List</menuitem> tab (Paragraph Styles).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147525" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles -</menuitem> open context menu <menuitem>Modify/New - List & Numbering</menuitem> tab (Paragraph Styles).</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152960" role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltenber">Choose <menuitem>Format - Sections - Options</menuitem> button.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="columns"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150836" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Columns</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149298" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> - <emph>Page Styles</emph> - open context menu for selected page style - <menuitem>Modify/New - Columns</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151336" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Frame - Columns</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149687" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Columns</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143276" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Section - Columns</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id461604680991423">Choose <menuitem>Format - Section - </menuitem><widget>Options</widget> button - <menuitem>Columns</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="footnote"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149817" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Footnote</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149109" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> - open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Footnote</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="footnotes_endnotes"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147094" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Options</emph> button <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155140" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> - open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Paragraph Styles).</paragraph> + <section id="characterstyle"> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153356" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> or <menuitem>Styles - Manage Styles</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>) to open Styles deck.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id61610557667046" role="listitem">Click on the Character Style icon at top of the deck, then select a character style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id501610557723109" role="listitem">Right-click to open context menu and choose <menuitem>Modify/New</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tab_id831610556682785"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id61610556682785"> +<image src="sw/res/sf01.png" id="img_id301610556682785" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id881610556682785">Character Style Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id451610556682785" role="paragraph">Character Style icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149179" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> - open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Frame Styles).</paragraph> + <section id="numberingstyle"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156364" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>) - open context menu <menuitem>Modify/New</menuitem> (for List Styles).</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph"><variable id="while_typing">Choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing</menuitem>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149538" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat1">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150117" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat2">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat3">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147413" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattab">Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph> (with cursor in a table).</variable></paragraph> + <section id="graphics_properties"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147484" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Format - Image - Properties - Area</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149562" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Image</emph> bar (when images are selected), click</paragraph> + <section id="sygraphics_properties"> + <table id="tbl_id3155964"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150557" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3149214" src="cmd/sc_framedialog.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149214">Icon Graphics Properties</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147740" role="paragraph">Graphics Properties</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="graphics_type"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146337" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Format - Image - Properties - Position and Size</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Position and Size</menuitem> tab.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed some lines with Format-Object, see #i64150</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148856" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles - Frame Styles</menuitem> - open context menu <menuitem>Modify/New - Type</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147067" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Frame - Frame - Position and Size</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="wrap"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151082" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties - Wrap</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148437" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Wrap</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150169" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Frame - Wrap</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153299" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap - Edit - Wrap</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150454" role="paragraph"><variable id="kontureditor">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="grahyper"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153984" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties - Hyperlink</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156130" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Hyperlink</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145337" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Frame - Hyperlink</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="graphics_options"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154724" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties - Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145636" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149774" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> - open context menu for selected <menuitem>Frame style</menuitem> - <menuitem>Modify/New - Options</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150922" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Frame - Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31509223529635" role="paragraph">Right-click selected object, choose <menuitem>Properties - Options</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155088" role="paragraph"><variable id="grafik1">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties - Image</emph> tab.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="graphics_macro"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146938" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert/Format - Image - Properties - Macro</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154323" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Macro</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153238" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText - AutoText (button) - Macro</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148792" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Tools - ImageMap</menuitem> - open context menu <emph>Macro</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150039" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Hyperlink</emph> tab - <emph>Events</emph> button.</paragraph> + </section> +<section id="table_properties"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155114" role="paragraph"><variable id="formattable">Choose <menuitem>Table - Properties</menuitem>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id351656587408071">On the <emph>Table</emph> bar (with cursor in table), click</paragraph> + <section id="sytableproperties"> + <table id="tab_id621656586861385"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id191656586861385"> +<image src="cmd/lc_tabledialog.svg" id="img_id101656586861385" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id201656586861385">Table Properties Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id301656586861385" role="paragraph">Table Properties</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149377" role="paragraph"><variable id="tabauf">Choose <emph>Table - Split Table</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155810" role="paragraph"><variable id="tabverb">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Table</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151233" role="paragraph"><variable id="tabformat">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Table</emph> tab.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltentab">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Columns</emph> tab.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153140" role="paragraph"><variable id="tabelletextfluss">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Text Flow</emph> tab.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148823" role="paragraph"><variable id="zelle">Right-click in a table, choose <emph>Cell</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="merge_cells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154351" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154370" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="symerge_cells"> + <table id="tbl_id3154636"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153996" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3154002" src="cmd/sc_mergecells.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154002">Icon Merge Cells</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150662" role="paragraph">Merge Cells</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="split_cells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154024" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154042" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="sysplit_cells"> + <table id="tbl_id3149972"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147270" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3147275" src="cmd/sc_splitcell.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3147275">Icon Unmerge Cells</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150616" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Unmerge Cells</caseinline><defaultinline>Split Cells</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149617" role="paragraph"><variable id="schtzenze">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="unprotect"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150786" role="paragraph">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145656" role="paragraph">Open context menu in <emph>Navigator</emph> for tables.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148716" role="paragraph"><variable id="zeile">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Row</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155345" role="paragraph"><variable id="hoehez">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Row - Height</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="optimal_row_height"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155536" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Optimal Row Height</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155555" role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="syoptimal_row_height"> + <table id="tbl_id3150845"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145222" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3145228" src="cmd/sc_setoptimalrowheight.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145228">Icon Optimal Row Height</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153545" role="paragraph">Optimal Row Height</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="distribute_rows_equally"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153569" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Rows Evenly</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153755" role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="sydistribute_rows_equally"> + <table id="tbl_id3154064"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145297" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3155994" src="cmd/sc_distributerows.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155994">Icon Distribute Rows Evenly</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153206" role="paragraph">Distribute Rows Evenly</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145095" role="paragraph"><variable id="selektierenz">Choose <emph>Table - Select - Row</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="delete_row"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149573" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Delete - Rows</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149591" role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="sydelete_row"> + <table id="tbl_id3146892"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147555" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3150361" src="cmd/sc_deleterows.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150361">Icon Delete Row</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156248" role="paragraph">Delete Row</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149383" role="paragraph"><variable id="spalte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Column</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149406" role="paragraph"><variable id="breites">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Column - Width</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="optimal_column_width"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154752" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Optimal Column Width</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148932" role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="syoptimal_column_width"> + <table id="tbl_id3156030"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157881" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3157888" src="cmd/sc_setoptimalcolumnwidthdirect.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3157888">Icon Optimal Column Width</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150524" role="paragraph">Optimal Column Width</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="distribute_columns_equally"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159219" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Columns Equally</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156426" role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="sydistribute_columns_equally"> + <table id="tbl_id3148462"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145179" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3145186" src="cmd/sc_distributecolumns.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145186">Icon Distribute Columns Evenly</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151364" role="paragraph">Space Columns Equally</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153172" role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltesel">Choose <emph>Table - Select - Column</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="insert_columns_rows"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156296" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150794" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150813" role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3156198"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150279" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3150286" src="cmd/sc_insertcolumns.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150286">Icon Insert Column</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150872" role="paragraph">Insert Column</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150895" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3150902" src="cmd/sc_insertrows.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150902">Icon Insert Row</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149140" role="paragraph">Insert Row</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + <section id="delete_columns"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155310" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Delete - Columns</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155328" role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> bar, click</paragraph> + <section id="sydelete_columns"> + <table id="tbl_id3150954"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153600" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3153607" src="cmd/sc_deletecolumns.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153607">Icon Delete Column</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154423" role="paragraph">Delete Column</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="object_properties"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156355" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> + <section id="syobject_properties"> + <table id="tbl_id3153367"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151276" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3151283" src="cmd/sc_framedialog.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3151283">Icon Object Properties</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145157" role="paragraph">Object Properties</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </section> + <section id="syframe_properties"> + <table id="tbl_id3145600"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152973" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3152980" src="cmd/sc_framedialog.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152980">Icon Frame Properties</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147367" role="paragraph">Frame Properties</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + <section id="textgrid"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150140" role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Page Style </emph> - tab <emph>Text Grid</emph>, if Asian language support is enabled</paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e67b4042 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0000000406xml" indexer="exclude"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Tools Menu</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154279" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Tools Menu</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150710" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="silbentrennung">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A1" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="wordcount">Choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154100" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kapitelnumerierung">Choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153530" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kapitelnumerierung1">Choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering - Numbering</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151321" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeilennumerierung">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph> (not for HTML format)</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154477" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussnoteneinstellung">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153669" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussnoten">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes - Footnotes</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150972" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="endnoten">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes - Endnotes</emph> tab</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="texttabelle">Choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150833" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sortieren">Choose <emph>Tools - Sort</emph></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="calculate"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph> </paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3159188" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + plus sign</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3155174" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aktualisieren">Choose <emph>Tools - Update</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151330" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="seitenformatierung">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Update - Page Formatting</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149482" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aktuellesverz">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Current Index</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149821" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="alleverz">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Update - Indexes and Tables</menuitem></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151249" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All </emph></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="update_fields"> +<paragraph id="par_id3154839" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields </emph></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147090" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">F9 key</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aktverknuepf">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147220" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="adiagr">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Update - Charts</menuitem></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="protecdocument"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101630955770811"><variable id="protectfield">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Protect Document - Protect Fields</menuitem>.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621630955775413"><variable id="protecbookmarks">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Protect Document - Protect Bookmarks</menuitem>.</variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="mmwizard"> +<paragraph id="par_idN10792" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN107E6" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> icon on the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> bar:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN107E7" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Data</emph> bar:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149877"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_idN10806" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3083452" src="cmd/sc_mergedialog.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3083452">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_idN10823" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..189848a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="stylesmenu" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">The styles menu</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id941529884998705" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ses">Choose <emph>Styles - Edit Styles</emph></variable>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id511529885005747" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sus">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Update Selected Style</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+ Shift+F11</keycode></variable>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id411529885010612" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sns">Choose <menuitem>Styles - New Style from Selection</menuitem> or <keycode>Shift+F11</keycode></variable>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id221529885015598" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sls">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Load Styles from Template</menuitem></variable>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id391529885020996" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sms">Choose <emph>Styles - Manage Styles</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline></variable>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..827ce08eb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0101120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Print Preview</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="printpreview"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PrintPreview" id="bm_id2822117" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id2013916" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp">Print Preview</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id1471907" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:PrintPreview">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#view"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id8697470" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the icons on the <link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="Page View Object Bar"><emph>Print Preview Bar</emph></link> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id4314706" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id4771874" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot edit your document while you are in the print preview.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ClosePreview" id="bm_id9368395" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id5027008" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">To exit the print preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dd10953f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/MailmergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150757" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Mail Merge</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#mail_merge"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="Database"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph><comment>db browser explorer</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id5399029" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8186895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a database and table.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>db browser records</comment> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Records</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selected records</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to">Specify the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Output</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155138" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150485" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer">Prints the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145773" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singledocument" id="bm_id7246620" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as single document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>save as individual documents</comment> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/individualdocuments" id="bm_id6964323" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5345011" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one document for every one data record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Generate file name from database</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/generate" id="bm_id6631672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5631580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Field</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field">Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb" id="bm_id3147423" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/fileformat" id="bm_id8452711" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8992889" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the file format to store the resulting document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..616b8a97a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline to Presentation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="outline_to_presentation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp" name="Outline to Presentation">Outline to Presentation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenstarimpress"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95f0ed5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline to Clipboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="outline_to_clipboard"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToClipboard" id="bm_id3148770" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id481537444644102"> +<bookmark_value>send;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>outline;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clipboard;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp" name="Outline to Clipboard">Outline to Clipboard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenclipboard"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f307f707c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Create AutoAbstract</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:CreateAbstract" id="bm_id9059848" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/AbstractDialog" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148570" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp" name="Create AutoAbstract">Create AutoAbstract</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="autoabstracttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CreateAbstract">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenautoabstract"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines" id="bm_id3154106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..909d2124f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">AutoAbstract to Presentation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="autoabstract_to_presentation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress" id="bm_id3149288" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp" name="AutoAbstract to Presentation">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenpraeser"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153667" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the "Heading 1" paragraph style are included.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145580" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). </paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaa0114cc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Name and Path of HTML Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL" id="bm_id3150499" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_CHECKBOX_AUTOEXTENSION" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:NewHtmlDoc" id="bm_id8703681" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147171">Name and Path of HTML Documents</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="htmltext"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#html"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US">Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153668">File name</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filename"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155892">separated by</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155187">File type</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filetype"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3143277">Save</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#save"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce0153ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102110000xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigator</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="navigator"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Navigator" id="bm_id4232254" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_TREELIST" id="bm_id4232255" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3151177"><variable id="Navigator"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149802" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#docking" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#navigator"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3154475" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To open the Navigator, choose <menuitem>View - Navigator</menuitem> (<keycode>F5</keycode>). To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left, right or bottom edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click the expander icon next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to the next or previous item in a document, use the <emph>Navigate by</emph> box to select the item category, and then click the up or down arrows.</paragraph> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id571655653825780">The navigator shows what corresponds to the editing location in the navigator view. This can be according to different categories: Headings, Tables, Hyperlinks and so on. When the "Content Navigation View" button is pressed and headings are selected, the heading belonging to the current editing position is displayed and highlighted in the Navigator. When tables are selected, the associated table is displayed, and so on. If the element is located in a collapsed layer, the required layers above it are automatically expanded and remain expanded afterwards.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/contenttoggle" id="bm_id3155911" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/globaltoggle" id="bm_id3155912" localize="false"/> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root" id="bm_id3145591" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id321603114930016">Navigate By</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id171603114951991">Use selection box to choose which type of item should be navigated, when using the Previous and Next buttons.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/back" id="bm_id3148779" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150096">Previous</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148784" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigate By</emph> list, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150044"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154616" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154622" src="cmd/lc_upsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154622">Icon Previous Object</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150659" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous Item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/forward" id="bm_id3154022" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150675">Next</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154028" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigate By</emph> list, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149971"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150767" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150773" src="cmd/lc_downsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150773">Icon Next Object</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155359" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next Item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield" id="bm_id3148726" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148715">Page number</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155548" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield">Type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then press Enter. Use the spin buttons to navigate.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3146891">Content Navigation View</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145596" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id471603110016087" role="paragraph">Context menus use a selection of commands found on this help page. The commands in a context menu change, depending on which category or item is selected.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145616"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154133" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154140" src="sw/res/sc20244.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154140">Icon Switch Content Navigation View</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Switch Content Navigation View</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + <table id="tab_id681603287134620"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id531603287134620" role="tablehead">Icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id911603287134620" role="tablehead">Category</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id31603287134620" role="tablehead">Context Menu</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id721603290925895"><image src="sw/res/nc20000.svg" id="img_id1001603290925895" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id591603290925895">Headings Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id581603287134620" role="tablecontent">Headings</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id431603287134620" role="tablecontent">Collapse/Expand All, <link href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp" name="clipboard">Send Outline to Clipboard</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp" name="outlinecontent1">Outline Folding</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinetracking" name="outlinetrck1">Outline Tracking</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinelvl" name="OutlineLvl1">Outline Level</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id151603291732283" role="tablecontent">Heading item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603291783875" role="tablecontent">Collapse/Expand All, Go to, Select, Delete, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#promotechap" name="promotechap">Promote Chapter</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#demotechap" name="demotechap">Demote Chapter</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#promotelevel" name="promotelvl">Promote Level</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#demotelevel" name="demotelvl">Demote Level</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp" name="outlinecontent2">Outline Content Visibility</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinetracking" name="outlinetrck2">Outline Tracking</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinelvl" name="OutlineLvl2">Outline Level</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id721603287623090"> +<image src="cmd/sc_inserttable.svg" id="img_id301603287623090" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id861603287623090">Tables Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603290378376" role="tablecontent">Tables</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id531603530756147" role="tablecontent">Table items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291603290382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Select, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id771603291076318"><image src="cmd/sc_insertframe.svg" id="img_id861603291076318" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id861603291076318">Frames icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191603290368002" role="tablecontent">Frames</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801603532799021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_imagebutton.svg" id="img_id1001603532799021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">Images Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532733359">Images</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8016035394621021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertobject.svg" id="img_id1001603543299021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">OLE Objects Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532723769">OLE Objects</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801636822799021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertbookmark.svg" id="img_id1001660982799021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">Bookmarks Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532733956">Bookmarks</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id411603531074035" role="tablecontent">Frame, Image, OLE Objects, Bookmark items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603290373033" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id741603570764762"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertsection.svg" id="img_id641603570764762" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id821603570764762">Sections Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id621603570764762" role="tablecontent">Sections</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id111603570764762" role="tablecontent">Section items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291694280382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Select, Edit, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id461603570542532"> +<image src="cmd/sc_inserthyperlink.svg" id="img_id721603570542532" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id911603570542532">Hyperlinks Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id801603570516284" role="tablecontent">Hyperlinks</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id81603570505590" role="tablecontent">Hyperlink items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id961603570483539" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901603571492300"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertreferencefield.svg" id="img_id771603571492300" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id271603571492300">References Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id91603571492300" role="tablecontent">References</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id121603573019324"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertindexesentry.svg" id="img_id901603573019324" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id341603573019324">Indexes Icon</alt></image></paragraph></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id591603573019324" role="tablecontent">Indexes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id911603571492300" role="tablecontent">References, Indexes items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id29160996782271" role="tablecontent">Go to</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id741603572161942"> +<image src="cmd/lc_shownote.svg" id="img_id521603572161942" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id521603572161942">Comments Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id41603572161942" role="tablecontent">Comments</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711603572473016">Show All, Hide All, Delete All</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id751603572161943" role="tablecontent">Comments items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291604453382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951603571856944"> +<image src="cmd/lc_insertdraw.svg" id="img_id221603571856944" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id751603571856944">Drawing objects Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id351603571856944" role="tablecontent">Drawing objects</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id461603571856945" role="tablecontent">Drawing objects items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291603347382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id781603291428300" role="tablecontent">All</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711603291482148"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#dragmode" name="Drag Mode">Drag Mode</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#display" name="display">Display</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<note id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US">A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3149176"> Toggle Master View</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp> Switches between <link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="master view">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link> is open.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3155861"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150689" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150695" src="sw/res/sc20244.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150695">Icon Toggle Master View</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149568" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Master View</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header" id="bm_id3159237" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153070">Header</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3159242" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3159262"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153900" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153911" src="sw/res/sc20179.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153911">Icon Header</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147104" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Header</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer" id="bm_id3147131" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147120">Footer</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3147137" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149777"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150217" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150224" src="sw/res/sc20177.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150224">Icon Footer</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145220" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Footer</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor" id="bm_id3150309" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145237">Anchor <-> Text</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150314" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150333"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153100" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153108" src="sw/res/sc20182.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153108">Icon Anchor <-> Text</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150650" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Anchor <-> Text</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/reminder" id="bm_id3155392" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155381">Set Reminder</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153011" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp> Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154577"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154608" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154904" src="sw/res/sr20014.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154904">Icon Set Reminder</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153054" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Set Reminder</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<note id="par_id3495381" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set. Reminders are not saved when a document is closed.</note> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings" id="bm_id3150519" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150507"><variable id="outlinelvl">Outline Level</variable></h2> +<table id="tbl_id3147535"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153588" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153595" src="sw/res/sc20236.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153595">Icon Outline level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145554" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Outline level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph id="par_id3150529" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_OUTLINES" id="bm_id3148820" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3148808">1-10</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3148826" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_OUTLINES">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings (chapter heading) in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox" id="bm_id3155319" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155308">List Box</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155325" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154409"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154949" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154955" src="sw/res/sc20233.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154955">Icon List box on/off</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146874" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">List box on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote" id="bm_id3151349" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151338"><variable id="promotelevel">Promote Level</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151354" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3148898"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155420" src="sw/res/sc20172.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155420">Icon Promote level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153697" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Promote level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote" id="bm_id3153724" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153714"><variable id="demotelevel">Demote Level</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150707" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150746"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148420" src="sw/res/sc20173.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148420">Icon Demote level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147324" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Demote level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup" id="bm_id3145582" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145571"><variable id="promotechap">Promote Chapter</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145587" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3151301"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153268" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153275" src="cmd/lc_upsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153275">Icon Chapter Up</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149147" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown" id="bm_id3154435" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154424"><variable id="demotechap">Demote Chapter</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154440" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3153737"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150828" src="cmd/lc_downsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150828">Icon Chapter down</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155932" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode" id="bm_id3154303" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154292"><variable id="dragmode">Drag Mode</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155828" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3155849"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155120" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155126" src="sw/res/sc20235.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155126">Icon Drag mode</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147042" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Drag mode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP" id="bm_id3150949" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150938">Insert As Hyperlink</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150954" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK" id="bm_id3154365" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3154354">Insert As Link</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3154371" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY" id="bm_id3155583" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155572">Insert As Copy</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155589" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX" id="bm_id3148994" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147340"><variable id="display">Open Documents</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148999" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149025" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id541603882412689"><variable id="outlinetracking">Outline Tracking</variable></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501603882441409">Set Navigator’s mode of outline tracking. This feature applies only to outline entries under <menuitem>Headings</menuitem> in the Content View frame of Navigator. To see, enable, or change the mode, right-click on <menuitem>Headings</menuitem> or an item under Headings and choose <menuitem>Outline Tracking</menuitem>. The selected mode is applied to the entire document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id161603966072360">In <menuitem>Default</menuitem> and <menuitem>Focus</menuitem> mode, Navigator will automatically select the nearest heading before the current cursor position in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id571603887044019"> In <menuitem>Default</menuitem> mode, the display of outline entries in Navigator is never changed, only an outline entry is selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201603965501777">In <menuitem>Focus</menuitem> mode, Navigator shows only the headings for the selected outline level, relative to the next higher outline level. For example, if a level 2 heading is selected, then all level 2 headings under the same level 1 heading are shown, while any level 3-10 headings (under the same level 1 heading) are collapsed. Other headings, not under the same level 1 heading, are also collapsed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id81603965538425">Choose <menuitem>Off</menuitem> to disable Outline Tracking.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1001603575103843"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp" name="chapnavigation">Using Navigator to Arrange Headings</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73df40a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102110100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI" id="bm_id3149832" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147745" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Navigation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149844" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_NAVI">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP" id="bm_id3153304" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEUP">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN" id="bm_id3156109" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155076" xml-lang="en-US">By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148330" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148783" xml-lang="en-US">For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150031" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its top left icon located on the top of the Navigator display area. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arranging it on the screen.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_VS" id="bm_id3154622" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153141" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149968" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155338"><bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Repeat Search</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155361" xml-lang="en-US">With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_BKM" id="bm_id2258064" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_CTRL" id="bm_id9021576" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_DRW" id="bm_id4192327" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FRM" id="bm_id8498794" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through frames.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FTN" id="bm_id66835" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10739" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_GRF" id="bm_id7068697" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_INDEX_ENTRY" id="bm_id9798577.00000001" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10767" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_MARK" id="bm_id9345988" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_NEXT" id="bm_id3960692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10795" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OLE" id="bm_id5234534" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107AF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OUTL" id="bm_id1883602" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PGE" id="bm_id6152836" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_POSTIT" id="bm_id5230567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107F4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PREV" id="bm_id1692556" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1080B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_REG" id="bm_id9508651" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SEL" id="bm_id7225257" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10840" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SRCH_REP" id="bm_id1448408" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10857" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA" id="bm_id7630237" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1086E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph> +<!-- removed HID HID_NID_FORMULA_ERROR --> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA_ERROR" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10885" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TBL" id="bm_id4498428" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1089C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a8681f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102120000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="autotext"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/AutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3098317" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditGlossary" id="bm_id3154100" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="AutoText">AutoText</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<tip id="par_id3143277" xml-lang="en-US">You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert.</tip> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotext"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type "Dum", and then press Enter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname" id="bm_id3150124" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shortcut</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List box</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145257" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153300" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3148788" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext" id="bm_id3153121" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoText</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext" id="bm_id3150662" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New (text only)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150668" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy" id="bm_id3154037" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154025" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace" id="bm_id3149601" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149607" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/rename" id="bm_id3150779" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit" id="bm_id3155352" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155358" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/macro" id="bm_id3145100" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149583" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149597" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Import</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148937" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories" id="bm_id3156049" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156038" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Categories</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156055" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog" id="bm_id3159229" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159217" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Categories</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name" id="bm_id3150796" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb" id="bm_id3155328" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155318" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new" id="bm_id3154421" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154933" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename" id="bm_id3153372" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154959" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group" id="bm_id3154131" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154120" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selection list</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete2"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/path" id="bm_id3154845" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145615" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154852" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156064" xml-lang="en-US">To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155383" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save links relative to</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155396" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. </paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile" id="bm_id3148755" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148743" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File system</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet" id="bm_id3153031" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Internet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26ffb84cf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Rename AutoText</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/RenameAutoTextDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155920" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Rename AutoText</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotextum"/> +</section> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" visibility="visible">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" visibility="visible">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Shortcut</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" visibility="visible">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1420907c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3717844" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145253" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bibliography_entry_text"><variable id="litvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#lit"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147340" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Entry</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Short name</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154657" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3148837" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Author, Title</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150214" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3166468" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Closes the dialog.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147299" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151389" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150534" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3154560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Tips for working with bibliography entries">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6f51b126 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Fields</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FieldDialog" id="bm_id85243" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3150493">Edit Fields</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151184" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#feldbefehl"/> +</section> +<tip id="par_id3153668">To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph>.</tip> +<note id="par_id3149106">If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens.</note> +<note id="par_id3149036">If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145765">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3151371">The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150687">Select</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150700" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the field options, for example, "fixed". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat" id="bm_id3155866" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155854">Format</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3147409" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149556">Offset</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145256" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id5081637">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</warning> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145269">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Change the defined values and outline levels for the "Chapter" field type.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147744">Name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3148844">Value</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148857" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#fixedcontent"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153306">Condition</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3156124" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link>.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3156103">Then, Else</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155073" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#macro"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154326">Reference</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154339" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3148785">Macro name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150097">Placeholder</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150027" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the placeholder text of the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150041">Insert Text</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the text that is linked to a condition.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153140">Formula</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154624" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the formula of a formula field.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#invisible"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#apply"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#delete"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150658">Database selection</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150671" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154025">Record number</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154039" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the "Any record" field type is met. </paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV" id="bm_id3149971" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149960">Left Arrow</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149602" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149623"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155341" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155348" src="res/lc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155348">Icon Previous Field</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148728" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT" id="bm_id3155552" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155541">Right Arrow</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3146846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3146867"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145117" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149575" src="res/lc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149575">Icon Next Field</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146891" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81871eaba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Footnote or Endnote</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="footnote_endnote"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditFootnote" id="bm_id8871205" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3143276"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit Footnotes">Edit Footnote or Endnote</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footnote_endnote_text"><variable id="fusstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditFootnote">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#fussnote"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3149035" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3145776">To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+PgDn</keycode>. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press <keycode>PgUp</keycode>.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155916">Numbering</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151373" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150685">Auto</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenautomatisch"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155858">Character</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenzeichen"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150113">Choose</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitensonderzeichen"/> +<tip id="par_id3149849">To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T +</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style.</tip> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153296">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153308" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3156130">Footnote</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156098" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts an endnote to a footnote.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3156111">Endnote</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a footnote to an endnote.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev" id="bm_id3154335" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154323">Arrow left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154341" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3148791"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150023" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150030" src="res/lc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150030">Icon Previous footnote</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154614" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous footnote</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next" id="bm_id3149631" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154630">Arrow right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149638" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150662"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154029" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154044" src="res/lc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154044">Icon Next footnote</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149606" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next footnote</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3150772" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ad7f5d43 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102160000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:IndexEntryDialog" id="bm_id5051951" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog-edit" id="bm_id3154489" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectindexdialog/SelectIndexDialog" id="bm_id3154490" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectindexdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154567">Edit Index Entry</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151314" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="index_entry_text"><variable id="verzeichniseintragtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:IndexEntryDialog">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155896" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item></link>.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#index_entry"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3159193">Selection</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149486" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Edits the selected index entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-edit" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3143272">Index</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3151251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-edit">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149107">Entry</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149823" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as "Basics, see also General".</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149036">1st key</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3152773">2nd key</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3145758" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155143">Level</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149170" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#phonetic"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete" id="bm_id3155912" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145785">Delete</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155919" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first" id="bm_id3155863" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151384">End arrow to left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155869" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150123"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147420" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149551" src="sd/res/nv03.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149551">Icon End arrow to left</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150550" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End arrow to left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147736">End arrow to right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149848"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153298" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153309" src="sd/res/nv06.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153309">Icon End arrow to right</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156108" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End arrow to right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous" id="bm_id3155091" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155080">Arrow to left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154327" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150084"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148785" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148791" src="cmd/sc_prevrecord.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148791">Icon Left Arrow</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153129" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Left Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154617">Arrow to right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154633" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149640"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150677" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154020" src="sd/res/nv05.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154020">Icon Right Arrow</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149965" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155539">You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.</tip> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0766b1c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Sections</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditRegion" id="bm_id7890801" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153673" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Sections</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditRegion">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#bereiche"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153638" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id3156269" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155143" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd72ff252 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103050000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="rulers"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Ruler" id="bm_id8671021" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149287" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp" name="Rulers">Rulers</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347243313" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147517" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#lineal"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347244029" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical Ruler</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id110120150347249577" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_idN1061A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> <embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> </paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df47d5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Boundaries</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="text_boundaries"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ViewBounds" id="bm_id2681690" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145418" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp" name="Text Boundaries">Text Boundaries</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151310" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#textbegrenzungen"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23c707f80 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Shadings</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="field_shadings"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Marks" id="bm_id9217820" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp" name="Field Shadings">Field Shadings</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147513" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#field_shadings"/> +</section> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id3153540" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Formatting Marks On/Off">Formatting Marks On/Off</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8125574c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Names</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="field_names"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Fieldnames" id="bm_id4185417" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154505" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="Field Names">Field Names</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147171" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.</ahelp> When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#field_names"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3149287" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154098" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you print a document with <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id102720151029387618" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Field">Insert - Field</link>.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e93b6f3bc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Marks</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="nonprinting_chars"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ControlCodes" id="bm_id9113552" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154507"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Formatting Marks">Formatting Marks</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3154646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows hidden formatting symbols in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#formatting_marks"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3145410" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147511" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To specify which formatting marks are displayed, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</menuitem></link>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display formatting</emph> area.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..808a7d170 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Web Layout</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="web_layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:BrowseView" id="bm_id374616" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145243" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp" name="Web Layout">Web Layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="web_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the document as it would be viewed in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents.</variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#webbrowser"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b486dc8b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Normal Layout</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="normal_layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PrintLayout" id="bm_id8907078" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150018" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp" name="Normal Layout">Normal Layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145249" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="normal_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#normal_layout"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df3469006 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Hidden Paragraphs</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<section id="hidden_paragraphs"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs" id="bm_id8952760" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155959" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Field Hidden Paragraphs</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3150251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#hidden_para"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3157875" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">To enable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display fields</emph> area is selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154501" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="field command">field command</link> "Hidden Paragraph" to assign a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3083451" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bb0a94c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Manual Break</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertBreak" id="bm_id1881914" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/BreakDialog" id="bm_id3150015" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id991649682491332"> +<bookmark_value>manual break;next full line</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;right</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;clear right</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clear right;manual break</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;clear left</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;left</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clear left;manual break</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;next line</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3145827"><variable id="ManualBreak_h1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="04010000_link">Insert Manual Break</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147176" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="manual_break_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBreak">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#ManualBreak"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145420" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of break that you want to insert.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/linerb" id="bm_id3154108" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US">Line Break</h3> +<section id="row_break"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149805" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The restart location specifies where the next line will start after a line break.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781648827677698">Possible values are below.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251648822718602">Original text layout:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_orig.png" id="img_id941648819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819712406">Original text layout</alt></image> +</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id451648813862660"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191648813862661" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Value</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id251648813862662" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Mark</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id61648813862663" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id141648813862664" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">[None]</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id71648813862665" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_none.png" id="img_id71648815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break none</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811648813862667" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Continue right after the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id346648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_none.png" id="img_id941148819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819752406">Example of line break None (default)</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id991648813999363" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Next Full Line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id401648813999364" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_full.png" id="img_id71638815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815501905">Line break full</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id871648813999365" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next full line, that is below all of the anchored objects intersecting with the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341641819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_full.png" id="img_id341648819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id961648819712406">Example of line break Next full line</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id161648814025099" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id731748814025100" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_left.png" id="img_id71647815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break left</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id791648814025101" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next line which is unblocked on the left hand side.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id351648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_left.png" id="img_id941649819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id321648819712406">Example of Line break left</alt></image> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id271648814369416" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id801648814369418" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_right.png" id="img_id71648815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break right</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id671648814369419" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next line which is unblocked on the right hand side.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341648819715404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_right.png" id="img_id94164883712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819712407">Example of Line break right</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id961648814424612">The default value for the line break is none.</paragraph> + +<tip id="par_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert a default line break by pressing <keycode>Shift+Enter</keycode>.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb" id="bm_id3155176" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148566" xml-lang="en-US">Column Break</h3> +<section id="column_break"> +<paragraph id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id61601653541581">Insert a column break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Enter</keycode></tip> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb" id="bm_id3149096" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149487" xml-lang="en-US">Page Break</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149102" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode> +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb" id="bm_id3156270" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149175" xml-lang="en-US">Page Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156275" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id71633464502255">To switch between landscape and portrait orientation, choose the <emph>Default Page Style</emph> to apply portrait orientation or the <emph>Landscape</emph> style to apply landscape orientation.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumcb" id="bm_id3155911" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">Change page number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb" id="bm_id3150693" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Page number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150700" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3150554" xml-lang="en-US">To display manual breaks, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="View - Nonprinting Characters"><menuitem>View - Nonprinting Characters</menuitem></link>.</note> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a5b999c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Section</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertSection" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154108"> +<variable id="bereicheinfuegen"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert Section">Insert Section</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="bereich"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_section"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152955" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a section, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#section"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3151257">Insert</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a08febae --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Section</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="section"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5941038"><bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/SectionPage" id="bm_id3145414" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3145415" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157557" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Section">Section</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the properties of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#bereicheinbereich"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145413" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/curname" id="bm_id8467970" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145420" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name "Section X" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/link" id="bm_id3153532" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link" id="bm_id3153536" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149806" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Link</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/dde" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">DDE<comment>UFI: WIN only, while fixing #109638#</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="DDE_Statement"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US">The general syntax for a DDE command is: "<Server> <Topic> <Item>", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object.</paragraph> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to insert a section named "Section1" from a $[officename] text document abc.odt as a DDE link, use the command: "soffice x:\abc.odt Section1". To insert the contents of the first cell from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file called "abc.xls", use the command: "excel x:\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/filename" id="bm_id3149038" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> / DDE command +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145754" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectfile" id="bm_id3155148" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/file" id="bm_id3156266" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156274" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145781" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/section" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Write Protection</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/protect" id="bm_id3155864" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/protect" id="bm_id3155868" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Protect</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/withpassword" id="bm_id3145273" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withpassword" id="bm_id3145274" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145261" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With password</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password" id="bm_id3150561" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectpassword" id="bm_id3147735" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150549" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147742" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146333" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hide</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/hide" id="bm_id3149843" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide" id="bm_id3149847" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149830" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148849" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155074" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withcond" id="bm_id3154334" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/condition" id="bm_id3154338" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With condition</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154343" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="logical expression">logical expression</link>, such as "SALUTATION EQ Mr.". For example, if you use the <link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="mail merge">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called "Salutation" that contains "Mr.", "Ms.", or "Sir or Madam", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is "Mr.".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US">Another example would be to create the field variable "x" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: "x eq 1". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable "x" to "0".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108DF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108E3" xml-lang="en-US">You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108E6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Editable in read-only document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108EA" xml-lang="en-US">Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150032" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field commands">Field commands</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158420" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="Syntax for conditions">Syntax for conditions</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a21a26d93 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Indents (Sections)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="indents"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/IndentPage" id="bm_id3149819" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp" name="Indents">Indents</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US">Indents the section with a left and right margin.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sectionindents"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before" id="bm_id3149818" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US">Before section</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149108" xml-lang="en-US">After section</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereicheinfuegen"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149032" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field commands">Field commands</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6abcc8a44 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote/Endnote</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id1360835" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnote" id="bm_id4793576" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertEndnote" id="bm_id5303788" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3148771" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Footnote/Endnote</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussnoteein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="endnoten">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="endnotetext">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. +</variable><comment>UFI: what about sections? Will endnotes be placed there?</comment></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_footnote_endnote"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153670" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenautomatisch"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Tools - Footnotes"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/character" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155901" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter, number or special character.</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter" id="bm_id3153519" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Choose</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitensonderzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="special character ">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Footnote</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Endnote</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#fussendnotenh1"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f16025c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Bookmark</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4974211"> + <bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>UFI: added "bookmarks;inserting" index</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertBookmark" id="bm_id7360340" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/InsertBookmarkDialog" id="bm_id3147517" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147506">Insert Bookmark</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bookmark_text"><variable id="textmarkeein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBookmark">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink.</variable></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_bookmark"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to a specific bookmark, press <keycode>F5</keycode> to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmarks</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151308" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"> +</caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/name" id="bm_id611581952943620" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. Then, click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149483" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \ @ : * ? " ; , . #</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks" id="bm_id3154200" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154188" xml-lang="en-US">Bookmarks</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id171581934040077">Lists all the bookmarks in the current document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/rename" id="bm_id461581953514622" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id32341878" xml-lang="en-US">Rename</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id971581935166865">To rename a bookmark, select the bookmark, press <emph>Rename</emph>, then type the new name in the dialog box.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149817" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id231581943669611">If bookmarks are protected, then they cannot be deleted or renamed.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/goto" id="bm_id221581953080755" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149838" xml-lang="en-US">Go to</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id511581935446495">To move the cursor in the document to a bookmark, select the bookmark, then press <emph>Go to</emph>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close2"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..516870d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id764454" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id3150765" localize="false"/> + +<section id="caption"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147173" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp" name="Caption">Caption</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149288" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="beschrifttext"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_caption"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154098" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149804" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Set the caption options for the current selection.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153533" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the "Illustration" caption category is formatted with the "Illustration" paragraph style.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153675" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152962" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit" id="bm_id3155905" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155893" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149688" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/separator_edit" id="bm_id7607959" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN1068A" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10690" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position" id="bm_id4664754" localize="false"/><comment>moved help id to here</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154199" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149486" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149043" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp" name="Options">Options</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#optionentext"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/auto" id="bm_id72939" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10744" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">AutoCaption</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8189ce30f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options" id="bm_id3151170" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151177" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="optionentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="outline level">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_caption_options"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/CaptionOptionsDialog" id="bm_id3151174" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering by chapter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is "Figure 1.12", the first figure in the next chapter would be "Figure 2.1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator" id="bm_id3153672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Separator</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Category and frame format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/style" id="bm_id8001037" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the character style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow" id="bm_id2826013" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply border and shadow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b1ad5fef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Envelope</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7094027"><bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW made "envelopes;" a one level entry</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertEnvelope" id="bm_id3025884" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145245" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp" name="Envelope">Envelope</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149289" role="paragraph"><variable id="briefum"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEnvelope">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#briefumschlag"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#envelope"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#format"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#printer"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT" id="bm_id3154574" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">New doc.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154473" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_PRINT">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT" id="bm_id3151314" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152959" role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151320" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_INSERT">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8208563" role="heading" level="2">To delete an envelope from a document</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id396130" role="paragraph">Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7174596" role="paragraph">Right-click the field on the status line that shows "Envelope".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7657704" role="paragraph">A submenu opens showing some page styles.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5187536" role="paragraph">Choose the "Default" page style from the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6952726" role="paragraph">This removes the special "Envelope" page formatting.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1777092" role="paragraph">Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b54da535 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Envelope</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="envelope"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148772" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3145243" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp" name="Envelope">Envelope</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147172" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#umschlagb"/> +</section> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US">Addressee</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149802" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender</emph> check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender</emph> box, but you can also enter the data that you want.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Database</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" visibility="visible">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Table</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" visibility="visible">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">Database field</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" visibility="visible">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c14049c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Format</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp" name="Format">Format</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#formatbr"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Addressee</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151319" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149815" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149828" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sender</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149107" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149179" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dbc3e3124 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Printer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="printer"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage" id="bm_id3149806" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154104" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp">Printer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153531" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#druckerbr"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter" id="bm_id3149688" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal center</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft" id="bm_id3149817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical center</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom" id="bm_id3149171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155146" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from bottom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right" id="bm_id3145778" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down" id="bm_id3151378" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift down</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Current printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the current printer.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup" id="bm_id3147411" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Setup</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6bf15121 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertField" id="bm_id3076263" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/FieldDialog" id="bm_id3145412" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertField">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields.</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_more_fields"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#document"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#cross_references2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#functions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#DocInformation"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#variables"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#database"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/ok" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154190" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/cancel" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5591296" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ff3328e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104090001xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Document (Fields)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/FldDocumentPage" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp" name="Document">Document</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147167" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokument"/> +</section> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id911603998090123">To insert a field in your document, first select the field <emph>Type</emph>, then click in the <emph>Select</emph> list, to choose which information item should be inserted, then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + +<section id="fieldtype"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153672" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type">Lists the available field types. </ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="select"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150660" xml-lang="en-US">Select<comment>on "Document" and "DocInformation" tab page this is called "Select", on the other tab pages "Selection"</comment></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150678" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists what information can be inserted for a selected field type.</ahelp></paragraph> + +</section> +<h3 id="par_id71603998444482">Available field Types and Select lists</h3> +<table id="tbl_id3149686"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155182" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143272" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Select list</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151248" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Author</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148975" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Name or initials of current user (as entered in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem> +</caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data"><menuitem>$[officename] - User Data)</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145759" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149172" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145771" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type="literal">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <literal>Date</literal> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <literal>Date</literal> field, press <keycode>F9</keycode>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150699" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">File name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150122" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147495" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Page</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145264" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id821601755856152" role="tablecontent">Paragraph Signature</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611601755863247" role="tablecontent">Inserts a meta-data field with a digital signature for the paragraph. You must have a digital certificate to sign a paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150561" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146341" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem> +</caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data"><menuitem>$[officename] - User Data</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148863" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Statistics</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151091" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab. </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153302" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Templates</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156123" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the filename, the filename without the file extension, the path, or the path and filename of the current template. You can also insert the <literal>Template name</literal> and <literal>Category</literal> of the current template.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146939" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Time</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154340" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <literal>Time (fixed)</literal> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <literal>Time</literal> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <literal>Time</literal> field, press <keycode>F9</keycode>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155537" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the <emph>Select</emph> list, double-click the field.</tip> + +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format" id="bm_id3145607" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145595" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145613" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format">If a field is displaying a date, time or number, then <emph>Format</emph> is used to customize the appearance of the date, time, or number. Common formats are shown in the Format window, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3150138" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datetimeformat">When you click "Additional formats", the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154867" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose "Chapter number without separator" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp" name="Tools - Chapter numbering"><menuitem>Tools - Chapter numbering</menuitem></link> are not displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose "chapter number" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/fixed" id="bm_id3153014" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id0902200804313432" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#date_and_time" name="special $[officename] formats">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</note> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#fixedcontent"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level" id="bm_id3153038" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153026" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154580" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level">Enter outline level of the chapter to be displayed. The inserted field will display the value taken from last paragraph with the specified outline level placed before the inserted field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset" id="bm_id3154610" localize="false"/> + +<section id="page_correction"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value" id="bm_id3150903" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3150891" xml-lang="en-US">Offset</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155312" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example "+1".</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3145188" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3154948" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</tip> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154598" xml-lang="en-US">Offset in days/minutes</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154899" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..513b5fcc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090002xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-references</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="cross_references2"> +<section id="cross_references"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertReferenceField" id="bm_id8981346" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/FieldRefPage" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3153641" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="Cross-references">Cross-reference</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="reftext"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159197" xml-lang="en-US">The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_cross_references"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/type" id="bm_id3145772" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id4333628" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4516129" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145784"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151380" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US">Set Reference</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US">Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149556" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="insert a bookmark">insert a bookmark</link>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150548" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Reference</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147746" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146344" xml-lang="en-US">In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149847" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp" name="insert a hyperlink">insert a hyperlink</link>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2408825" xml-lang="en-US">Headings</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9988402" xml-lang="en-US">The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6401257" xml-lang="en-US">Numbered Paragraphs</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5841242" xml-lang="en-US">The Selection box shows a list of all ordered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document. The list includes:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id971618826026891" role="listitem">paragraphs with a paragraph style assigned a numbering scheme in the Tools > Chapter Numbering dialog + </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001618826039875" role="listitem">ordered list paragraphs, formatted with the Formatting toolbar or Bullets and Numbering dialog</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id761618826048138" role="listitem">paragraphs formatted with a numbered list style</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id941618826055035" role="listitem">paragraphs formatted with a paragraph style with a numbered list style applied in the Outline & List tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id306711" xml-lang="en-US">Bookmarks</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150907" xml-lang="en-US">After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155080" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0818200811011072" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0818200811011049" xml-lang="en-US">If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6794030" xml-lang="en-US">(Inserted objects with captions)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7096774" xml-lang="en-US">You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered "Illustration" in the list.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3154772" xml-lang="en-US">References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.</tip> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/select" id="bm_id3146957" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/selecttip" id="bm_id1661427" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id5824152" xml-lang="en-US">Selection<comment>on "Document" and "DocInformation" tab page this is called "Select", on the other tab pages "Selection"</comment></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7374187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Refer using" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id7729728" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</tip> +<section id="format"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2171086" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Refer using</emph> list, click the format that you want to use.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format" id="bm_id3154344" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US">Refer using</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3150090"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id7576525" xml-lang="en-US">Format</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id641193" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (unstyled)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153134" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150681" xml-lang="en-US">Referenced text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154040" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149972" xml-lang="en-US">“Above”/“Below”</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149619" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts "above" or "below", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (styled)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148728" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5699942" xml-lang="en-US">Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6420484" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6986602" xml-lang="en-US">Number (no context)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id616779" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id791039" xml-lang="en-US">Number (full context)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1953489" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149646" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US">Category and Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155356" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154224" xml-lang="en-US">Caption Text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145105" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149587" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146883" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<note id="par_id757469" xml-lang="en-US">The "Number" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. </note> +<note id="par_id5189062" xml-lang="en-US">For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart "1.2.4" and you apply the "Number" format, then the reference will be shown as "4". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as "2.4" or "1.2.4", depending on the setting. If you use the "Number (full context)" format, you will always see "1.2.4", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted.</note> +</section> +<section id="name"> +<section id="name2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name" id="bm_id3156253" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3156242" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156259" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="FieldName"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp></variable> To set a target, click "Set Reference" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156032" xml-lang="en-US">In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id3159204" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802250745" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="value"> +<h2 id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US">Value</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153049" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159216" xml-lang="en-US">If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert.</paragraph><comment>Value box (always disabled)</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id5684377" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6501968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Edit the value.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38f9e93b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090003xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Functions</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="functions"> +<h1 id="hd_id3149123" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Functions">Functions</link></h1> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/name" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value" id="bm_id3150251" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150343" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/FldFuncPage" id="bm_id3156382" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldfunktionen"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/type" id="bm_id3146964" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804352037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3147403"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150537" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155623" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153719" xml-lang="en-US">Input list</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F9</keycode> to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153146" xml-lang="en-US">Input field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="clicking">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154691" xml-lang="en-US">Execute macro</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. </paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152946" xml-lang="en-US">Placeholder</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US">Hidden text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147524" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Text Document - View"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem></link> and clear the <emph>Hidden text</emph> check box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Hidden Paragraph</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US">Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Text Document - View"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem></link> and clear the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154192" xml-lang="en-US">Combine characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159199" xml-lang="en-US">Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<section id="selectnote"> +<note id="par_id3154631" xml-lang="en-US">The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</note> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/format" id="bm_id3149307" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145595" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151329" xml-lang="en-US">For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands.</paragraph> +<section id="condition"> +<h2 id="hd_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition">For fields linked to a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond1" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3151248" xml-lang="en-US">Then, Else</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154830" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146865" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3147583">If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted.</note> +<note id="par_id3152585">If you include the quotes in "databasename.tablename.fieldname", the expression is inserted as text.</note> +<section id="referencehelp"> +<h2 id="hd_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US">Reference</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. </paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3147071" xml-lang="en-US">Format<comment>UFI: see spec "Macro Selector..."</comment></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US">Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154384" xml-lang="en-US">Macro name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the selected macro.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">Placeholder</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150587">Hidden text</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149173" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028">Characters</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145771" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156369">Value</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151370" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a value for the selected field.</paragraph> +<section id="macro"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro" id="bm_id3148889" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148877">Macro</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155912" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US">The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155860">Item</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150688" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item">Enter a new item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add" id="bm_id3147425" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147413">Add</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147473" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems" id="bm_id3147612" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147496">Items on list</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove" id="bm_id3149552" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145263">Remove</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up" id="bm_id3155964" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145126">Move Up</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down" id="bm_id3150562" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3150549">Move Down</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname" id="bm_id3149226" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149215">Name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147733" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/list" id="bm_id3146344" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3146332">Choose Item</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147455" xml-lang="en-US">This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/list">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit" id="bm_id3148848" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147602">Edit</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3155570" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155558">Next</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148434" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F9</keycode>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3af7f363 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090004xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">DocInformation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="DocInformation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/FldDocInfoPage" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154479" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp" name="DocInformation">DocInformation</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokumentinfo"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#DocInformation" name="special $[officename] formats">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/type" id="bm_id3153639" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290053" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3149039"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155140" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149176" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Comments</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147490" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146326" xml-lang="en-US">Created</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149833" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148856" xml-lang="en-US">Custom</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154784" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the properties found on the <emph>Custom Properties</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog. (Only shown if Custom properties are added.)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Keywords</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150912" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150177" xml-lang="en-US">Last printed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US">Modified</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145262" xml-lang="en-US">Revision number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150556" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the version number of the current document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154328" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146942" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150092" xml-lang="en-US">Title</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150033" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US">Total editing time</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/select" id="bm_id3154623" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290272" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#select"/> +<note id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US">For the "Created", "Modified", and "Last printed" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/format" id="bm_id3166051" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290382" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#datetimeformat"/> +<section id="fixedcontent"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed" id="bm_id3149620" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149608" xml-lang="en-US">Fixed content</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150767" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<note id="par_id3155554" xml-lang="en-US">Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template.</note> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c2a1188d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090005xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Variables (fields)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="variables"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8526261"><bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/FldVarPage" id="bm_id3151266" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3153716" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables">Variables</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150764" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldvariablen"/> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/type" id="bm_id3154692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3145416"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149803" xml-lang="en-US">Set Variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150996" xml-lang="en-US">Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <menuitem>Edit - Field</menuitem>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Show Variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US">DDE field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159196" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Formula</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151322" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US">Input field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US">The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151255" xml-lang="en-US">The variables are displayed in the <emph>Select</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="Input Field"><emph>Review Fields</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US">Number range</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or frames.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147073" xml-lang="en-US">Set page variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154389" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select "on" to enable the reference point, and "off" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156267" xml-lang="en-US">Show page variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150588" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the number of pages from the "Set page variable" reference point to this field.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145779" xml-lang="en-US">User Field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<section id="selecth2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/select" id="bm_id3150684" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3888363" xml-lang="en-US">Select</h2><comment>on all tab pages this is called "Select", except for "Cross-References", which uses "Selection"</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7453535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/select"><variable id="selecthelp">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</variable> To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3326822" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the <emph>Select</emph> list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/numformat" id="bm_id3148875" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><comment>Provides Format header and explanation</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/name" id="bm_id3150108" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#name2"/><comment>Provides Name header and explanation</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id381583794664065"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#FieldName"/> This option is available for "Set variable", "DDE field", "Number range" and "User Field" field types.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id3149759" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined fields are only available in the current document.</warning> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/value" id="bm_id3150119" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243951" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#value"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/><comment>Warns that following types depend on the selection in the Type list</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id871583773320305">DDE Statement</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#DDE_Statement"/><comment>taken from DDE in Section</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id481583773333848">This option is only available if the "DDE field" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155969" xml-lang="en-US">Formula</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155982" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the "Insert Formula" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#referencehelp"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#page_correction"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id71583772995807">This option is only available if the "Set page variable" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<section id="invisible"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible" id="bm_id3156226" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149229" xml-lang="en-US">Invisible</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156233" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="invisiblehelp"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document.</variable> This option is only available for the "Set Variable" and "User Field" field types.</paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3146326" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering by Chapter</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146340" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level" id="bm_id3149829" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147456" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator" id="bm_id3147605" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147594" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148846" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id941584040174795"><emph>Numbering by Chapter</emph>, <emph>Level</emph> and <emph>Separator</emph> are only available for the "Number range" field type.</note> +<section id="apply"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply" id="bm_id3147069" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147057" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155562" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Select</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#syapply"/> +</section> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete" id="bm_id3151092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151080" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154769" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete">Removes the user-defined field from the select list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3154080"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145318" xml-lang="en-US"><image id="img_id3153293" src="svx/res/nu02.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a88c9583 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090006xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Database</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="database"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/FldDbPage" id="bm_id3151315" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="Database">Database</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddatenbank"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/type" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id090220080439090" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3155894"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">Field type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149484" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US">Any Record</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151257" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="Condition"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US">You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US">Database Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The "Database Name" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted "Database Name" fields are updated.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US">Mail merge field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145779" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US">Next record</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the "Next record" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US">Record number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147495" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the selected database record.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select" id="bm_id3145262" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database Selection</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition" id="bm_id3150559" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804391084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#condition"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the "Any Record" and "Next Record" fields are inserted. The default condition is "True", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber" id="bm_id3149831" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Record number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153305" xml-lang="en-US">If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.<comment>see #i64135</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb" id="bm_id3150915" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From database</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse" id="bm_id5024262" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1076E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb" id="bm_id3154326" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">User defined</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/numformat" id="bm_id3150084" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format" id="bm_id3150087" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146948" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List of user-defined formats</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150093" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printmergedialog/PrintMergeDialog" id="bm_id1835383" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printing a form letter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10803" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..829009a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090007xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Special Tags</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154106"><bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "$[officename] Writer;tags" to "$[officename];special HTML tags"</comment> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp" name="Special Tags">Special Tags</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.</paragraph> +<section id="date_and_time"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date and Time Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US">For "Date" and "Time" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3143275"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151257" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Tag</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147102" xml-lang="en-US">Date is fixed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4239988426" SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">Date is variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156275" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US">Time is fixed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4240335648" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Time is variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<section id="DocInformation"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147409" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">DocInformation Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147487" xml-lang="en-US">For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the "Created" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147501" xml-lang="en-US">The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145265"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147738" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146334" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Tag</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149846" xml-lang="en-US">Description (fixed content)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148863" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151083" xml-lang="en-US">Creation date</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153298" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;QQ YY">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150175" xml-lang="en-US">Creation time (fixed content)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156134" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL="0" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155077" xml-lang="en-US">Modification date</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..935104d45 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Input Field</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Input Field</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reference</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">This box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box on the <emph>Functions</emph> or <emph>Variables</emph> tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ff2a5a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104090200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Conditions</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145828"><bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3145828"><variable id="defining_conditions"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">Defining Conditions</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145242" role="paragraph">Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">fields</link> and <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147171" role="paragraph">You can define conditions for the following field types:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151185" role="listitem">Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149289" role="listitem">Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145412" role="listitem">Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147515" role="listitem">Any record and next record: controls the access to database records.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149802" role="paragraph">The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3153537"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="tablecontent">TRUE</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152960" role="tablecontent">The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155900" role="tablecontent">FALSE</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154191" role="tablecontent">The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3147090">If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148980" role="paragraph">When you define a condition, use the same <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153638" role="paragraph">You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155135" role="listitem">Predefined <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156273" role="listitem">Custom variables, that are a created with the "Set variable" field</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149174" role="listitem">Variables based on user data</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145781" role="listitem">Variables based on the contents of database fields</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151375">Conditions and Variables</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150122" role="paragraph">The following examples use a variable called "x":</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3155867"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147417" role="tablecontent">x == 1 or x EQ 1</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147500" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is equal to 1.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145259" role="tablecontent">x != 1 or x NEQ 1</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150551" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" does not equal 1.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147749" role="tablecontent">sinx == 0</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146345" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is a multiple of pi.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph">To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3148855"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151078" role="tablecontent">x == "ABC" or x EQ "ABC"</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150162" role="tablecontent">Checks if variable "x" contains (true) the "ABC" string, or not (false).</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153301" role="tablecontent">x == "" or x EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156120" role="tablecontent">or</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156133" role="tablecontent">!x or NOT x</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="tablecontent">Checks if the variable "x" contains an empty string.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3150097">The "equal" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable "x" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1.</note> + <h2 id="hd_id3148791">User Data</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150028" role="paragraph">You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with "==" (EQ), "!=" (NEQ), or "!"(NOT).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153124" role="paragraph">The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3153139"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="tablehead">Variable</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150662" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154026" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_firstname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149953" role="tablecontent">First name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147272" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_lastname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149601" role="tablecontent">Last name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150770" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155529" role="tablecontent">Initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148705" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148728" role="tablecontent">Company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155361" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="tablecontent">Street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146885" role="tablecontent">Country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149580" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_zipcode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156241" role="tablecontent">Zip code</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_city</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148945" role="tablecontent">City</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156053" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159219" role="tablecontent">Title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156435" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145178" role="tablecontent">Position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150797" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_tel_work</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150820" role="tablecontent">Business telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150894" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_tel_home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155320" role="tablecontent">Home telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_fax</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="tablecontent">Fax number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153390" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_email</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154948" role="tablecontent">Email address</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145603" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_state</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150129" role="tablecontent">State (not in all $[officename] versions)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150147" role="paragraph">For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as "LM", enter the condition: user_initials=="LM".</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154115">Conditions and Database Fields</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154128" role="paragraph">You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3154848"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156066" role="tablehead">Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156088" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155948" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148673" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148687" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company != ""</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155373" role="paragraph">The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149977" role="paragraph">!Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="paragraph">NOT Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146911" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company ==""</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148733" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148762" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company !="Sun"</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153016" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ "Sun"</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153040" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not "Sun". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154605" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153059" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3159247">Note the difference between the boolean NOT "!" and the comparative operator not equal "!=" (NEQ).</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153876" role="paragraph">When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names.<comment>UFI: fixes bug #i25781# - but see #i25983#. Fixes also #i19571#</comment></paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id3153891">Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150051" role="paragraph">You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150067" role="paragraph">Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="paragraph">or type the following</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147123" role="paragraph">NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147136" role="paragraph">If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id3150232">To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem>, and clear the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.</note> + <h2 id="hd_id3145218">Examples of Conditions in Fields</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145231" role="paragraph">The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150311">To display conditional text based on the number of pages:</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150333" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147471" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Conditional text".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154294" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type "page == 1".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154319" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "There is only one page".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150640" role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "There are several pages".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153086" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3155814">To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155836" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155109" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Set Variable".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="listitem">In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type "Profit".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147032" role="listitem">In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type "5000".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152974" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152998" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150952" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type "Profit < 5000".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156291" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "Target is not met".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156317" role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "Target is met".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154366" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154389" role="paragraph">To edit the contents of the "Profit" variable, double-click the variable field.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155573">To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155587" role="paragraph">The first part of this example inserts a space between the "First Name" and "Last Name" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150523" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148811" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Mail merge fields".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148841" role="listitem">In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "First Name", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Last Name".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147549" role="listitem">In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150416" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153589" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.firstname".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153615" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153562" role="paragraph">You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150574" role="listitem">In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150605" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click "Conditional text".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == "Michael"</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151303" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type "Dear".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149138" role="listitem">In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type "Hello".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149163" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36e8d43d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="editfields" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit fields (variables)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + + <body> + <section id="editfields"> + <bookmark id="@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519648111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/EditFieldDialog" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519643111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/next" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519646111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/prev" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519642111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/edit" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id991519648545589"> + <bookmark_value>fields;editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>edit;fields</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id431519648111292" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp" name="Edit Fields">Edit Fields (variables)</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id361519648111293" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="editfields2"><ahelp hid=".">Edit field contents.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761519649446210" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> of the context menu of the selected field.</paragraph> + </section> + <h2 id="hd_id511519649431645" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761519649446212" xml-lang="en-US">Shows the type of the selected field.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#selecth2"/><comment>select heading</comment> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><comment>Provides Format header and explanation</comment> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#invisible"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#value"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#apply"/><comment>apply control</comment> + <h2 id="hd_id941519649436996" xml-lang="en-US">Arrow buttons</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951519649454340" xml-lang="en-US">Use the arrow buttons to go to next or previous field of same type in the document.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id931519650651402" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id241519650657361" xml-lang="en-US">When visible, opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field. The dialog depends on the type of the field.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e25fb59e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table of Contents and Index</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="table_of_context_index_submenu"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151380" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp" name="Table of Contents and Index">Table of Contents and Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105AC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and or bibliography.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verzeichnisseeinf"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147416" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Index Entry">Index Entry</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#eintrag"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155620" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Bibliography Entry">Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#literaturvz"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147501" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="Table of Context, Index or Bibliography">Table of Content, Index or Bibliography</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#verzeichnisse"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41b90158e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Index Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertIndexesEntry" id="bm_id3666614" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog-insert" id="bm_id3150014" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154508" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Index Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150565" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintrag"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertIndexesEntry">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_index_entry"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Reference - Index Entry..."><emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph></link></paragraph><comment>removed a para - see #i64023</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145760" xml-lang="en-US">You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-insert" id="bm_id3154097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Index</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-insert">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed" id="bm_id3153539" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb" id="bm_id3153674" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1st key</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152953" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key, the index entry is "weather, cold".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb" id="bm_id3155898" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">2nd key</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155904" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key and "winter" as the 2nd key, the index entry is "weather, winter, cold".</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="phonetic"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Phonetic reading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149484" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143284" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Main Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151248" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf" id="bm_id3147092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Entries using the paragraph format "Heading X" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149175" xml-lang="en-US">This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb" id="bm_id3145777" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply to all similar texts</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145783" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155920" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147496" xml-lang="en-US">To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb" id="bm_id3150555" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match case</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150562" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#exakt"/></ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb" id="bm_id3146326" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147741" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole words only</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146332" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#ganze"/></ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert" id="bm_id3149839" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149845" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close" id="bm_id3154771" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154777" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new" id="bm_id3151095" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New user-defined index</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150161" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog" id="bm_id3153307" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153296" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153507" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..976c11982 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMultiIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154471" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151312">Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verzeichnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMultiIndex" visibility="visible">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154575" xml-lang="en-US">You can also preview the index or table in this dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155905" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#index_type"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#entries"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21431e1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="styles"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/TocStylesPage" id="bm_id3154643" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US">You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz3"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assignment</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels" id="bm_id3154642" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph Styles</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149290" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign" id="bm_id3147514" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145418" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the "Default" paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154474" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebd512dab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120210xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Type</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="index_type"> + <paragraph id="hd_id3150933" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="Type">Type</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148390">Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz2"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Table of Contents">Table of Contents</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151183" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp" name="Alphabetical Index">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3154645" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp" name="Illustration Index">Illustration Index</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151265" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp" name="Index of Tables">Index of Tables</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3153152" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp" name="User-Defined">User-Defined</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3149759" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp" name="Table of Objects">Table of Objects</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3145410" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp" name="Bibliography">Bibliography</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152942" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4723157aa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120211xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Index</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/TocIndexPage" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150018"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz21"/> + </section> + <section id="type_and_title"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150763">Type and Title</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149286" role="paragraph">Specify the type and title of the index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type" id="bm_id3145412" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151171">Type</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145418" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type">Select the type of index that you want to insert or edit.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, you can then edit that index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title" id="bm_id3149812" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149801">Title</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153532" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly" id="bm_id3154477" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151317">Protected against manual changes</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enable cursor</emph> check box in the <emph>Protected Areas</emph> section.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="create_index_for"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope" id="bm_id3155904" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155893">Create Index or Table of Contents</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3154197">For</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149688" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154199">Evaluate up to level</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149484">Create from</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149096" role="paragraph">Use this area to specify which information to include in an index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149815">Outline</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151253" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings">Creates the index using outline levels. Paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1209200804373840" role="paragraph">You can also assign outline levels to paragraphs in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & List</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb" id="bm_id3152766" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153633">Additional Styles</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152772" role="paragraph"><variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...)</emph> button to the right of this box.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id41550528154857">You can include the Figure Index Heading or Bibliography Heading styles, as well as any other relevant heading style, to the Table of Contents.</tip> + <section id="assign_styles"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles" id="bm_id3149180" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149168">Assign styles</h3> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145776" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#emptyentry"/> + <section id="index_marks"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks" id="bm_id3155854" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151374">Index marks</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c623eb659 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120212xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147338" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155962" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz22"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame" id="bm_id3146963" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154651" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff" id="bm_id3151393" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries with f or ff</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff">Replaces identical index entries that occur on the directly following page(s), with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "f" or "ff". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11" are combined as "View 10f", and "View 10, View 11, View 12" as "View 10ff". Actual appearance depends on the locale setting, but can be overridden with <emph>Sort - Language</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash" id="bm_id3149353" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine with -</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Case sensitive</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US">To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps" id="bm_id3148393" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoCapitalize entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keys as separate entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US">To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Concordance file</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="sort"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for sorting the index entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang" id="bm_id3150359" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Language</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154475" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c3ef3b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120213xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz23"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<section id="create_from"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153534" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the information to be combined to form an index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Captions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text "Illustration 24: The Sun", where "Illustration 24" was automatically generated, and "The Sun" was added by the user.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149490" name="tbl_id3149490"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US">Selections in the Display list box</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148972" xml-lang="en-US">Entry in the Index</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US">Reference Text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration 24: The Sun</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152768" xml-lang="en-US">Category and Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155145" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration 24</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149168" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145781" xml-lang="en-US">The Sun</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">If you select "Caption Text", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames" id="bm_id3155857" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Object names</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b10ca371 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120214xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146320" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz24"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#create_from"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7ec6ff09 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120215xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz25"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Styles</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#vorlg"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#assign_styles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#index_marks"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151320" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tables</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Graphics</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153676" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes" id="bm_id3154188" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Frames</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes">Includes frames in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">OLE objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel" id="bm_id3149106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use level from source chapter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151250" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel">Indents table, graphic, frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Defining an index entry">Defining an index entry</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9550c6a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120216xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz26"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from the following objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89d479099 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120217xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz27"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting of the entries</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries" id="bm_id3154640" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Entries">Entries</link> tab.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets" id="bm_id3149290" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brackets</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#sort"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00bd71569 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120219xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Assign Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149354" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3155621" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp" name="Assign Styles">Assign Styles</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145828" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" visibility="visible">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz28"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3145249" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150566" xml-lang="en-US">The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147176">To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151187" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US"><<</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149289" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">>></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157903" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378484461 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120220xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Entries (indexes/tables)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="entries"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp" name="Entries (indexes/tables)">Entries (indexes/tables)</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="Type">Type</link> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz3"/> +</section> + <paragraph id="hd_id3148770" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp" name="Table of Contents">Table of Contents</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147564" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp" name="Alphabetical Index">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151188" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp" name="Illustration Index">Illustration Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3150761" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp" name="Index of Tables">Index of Tables</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3153517" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp" name="User-Defined">User-Defined</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp" name="Table of Objects">Table of Objects</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Bibliography">Bibliography</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6404ec33f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120221xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (table of contents)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145827" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp" name="Entries (table of contents)">Entries (table of contents)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150017" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz31"/> +</section> + +<section id="level"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3148774" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147169" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="structure"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147569" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Structure and formatting</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154638" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.<comment>this line also appears for bibliographic index</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/token" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3149292" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see #i27934#</comment></paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147512" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154480" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +</section> + +<section id="chapterno"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153675" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter number (E#)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154567" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="entry_text"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149691" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Entry text (E)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154199" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="tab_stop"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop" id="bm_id3149484" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3143276" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab stop (T)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="page_number"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151257" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (#)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3148981" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink" id="bm_id3147224" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147212" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US"> Hyperlink (LS and LE)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3152766" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">All</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155137" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all">Applies the current settings to all levels without closing the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<section id="structure2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle" id="bm_id3156270" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153355" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156277" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145772" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151372" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155909" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Fill character</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150112" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155859" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab stop position</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150689" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright" id="bm_id3147488" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147415" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Align right</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147495" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/numberformat" id="bm_id9986877" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145269" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id6499221" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#eval"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle" id="bm_id3150547" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149559" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150554" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle">Positions the tab stop relative to the "indent from left" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5af1cbc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120222xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (alphabetical index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp" name="Entries (alphabetical index)">Entries (alphabetical index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz32"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<section id="level"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Chapter Info</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154573" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry" id="bm_id3154196" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Chapter entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="eval"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entryoutlinelevel" id="bm_id354930" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7605517" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Evaluate up to level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6739402" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle" id="bm_id3149102" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style for main entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149109" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Index Entry"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148977" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Alphabetical delimiter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep" id="bm_id3149043" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key separated by commas</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ae8959f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120223xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (illustration index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp" name="Entries (illustration index)">Entries (illustration index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148769" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz33"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154639" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration Indexes only have one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f96d1b8ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120224xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (index of tables)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp" name="Entries (index of tables)">Entries (index of tables)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146318" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz34"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US">An Index of Tables only has one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb1e24102 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120225xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (user-defined index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp" name="Entries (user-defined index)">Entries (user-defined index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146318" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz35"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e632780e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120226xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (table of objects)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147401" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp" name="Entries (table of objects)">Entries (table of objects)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz36"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">A Table of Objects only has one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1019e73bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120227xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (bibliography)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Entries (bibliography)">Entries (bibliography)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083449" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for bibliography entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz37"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31544970" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150570" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Document position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151314" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Content</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155175" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort keys</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key1lb" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key2lb" id="bm_id3149481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1, 2 or 3</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up1cb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up2cb" id="bm_id3149108" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AZ</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down1cb" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down2cb" id="bm_id3147225" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ZA</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44fb66e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120229xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Define Bibliography Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog" id="bm_id3147571" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147176" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151183" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#litdef"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2">Entry data</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145419" role="paragraph">Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER" id="bm_id3154107" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097" role="heading" level="2">Short name</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145582" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ADDRESS" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CHAPTER" id="bm_id3153674" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITOR" id="bm_id3151308" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_BOOKTITLE" id="bm_id3151312" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_HOWPUBLISHED" id="bm_id3151316" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_INSTITUTION" id="bm_id3151321" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_JOURNAL" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SERIES" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NOTE" id="bm_id3154575" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM1" id="bm_id3154471" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM3" id="bm_id3154476" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM5" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_TITLE" id="bm_id3152952" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PUBLISHER" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ISBN" id="bm_id3152960" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PAGES" id="bm_id3152964" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITION" id="bm_id3155895" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_VOLUME" id="bm_id3155899" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS" id="bm_id3155904" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SCHOOL" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_MONTH" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NUMBER" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ANNOTE" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_URL" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM2" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153527" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143283" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147091" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Formatting bibliography entries">Formatting bibliography entries</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ba60bb2b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120250xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Concordance File</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148768"> + <bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog" id="bm_id3147169" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3148768">Edit Concordance File</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id837427" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.<comment>i61650</comment></paragraph> + +<note id="par_id771599006446118">The default filter for creating or opening concordance files is <literal>*.sdi</literal>. However, the file format of the concordance file is plain text.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154645">To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149292" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145420" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select "Alphabetical Index".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154107" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153668" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3154470" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A concordance file contains the following fields:</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id131599005949274"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id91599005949275" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Term</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id461599005949276" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291599005949278" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Search term</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152953" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Search term" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811599006053151" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Alternative entry</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155896" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Alternative entry" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id661599006090921" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >1st and 2nd Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154194" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The "Search term" or the "Alternative entry" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id521599007507727" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Comment</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id981599007507728" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Add a comment line above the entry. Commented lines start with #.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id441599006128506" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Match case</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155184" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Match case" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id361599006161460" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Word only</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143282" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Word only" searches for the term as a single word.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<note id="par_id3147220">To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153629">To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153644" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:</paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152770" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Commented lines start with #.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153354" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Use the following format for the entries:</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + <paragraph id="par_id3149172" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only</literal></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156270" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The entries "Match case" and "Word only" are interpreted as "No" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as "Yes" or TRUE.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3145778">Example</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155907" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to include the word "Boston" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0</literal> <comment>UFI: translate this with same name as in par_id3155907. Pay attention to the following paras also</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151383" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This also finds "Boston" if it is written in lowercase letters.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155866" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To include the "Beacon Hill" district in Boston under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150116" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities;</literal></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f2c532a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Bibliography Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/BibliographyEntryDialog" id="bm_id6229048" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="literaturvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#inhaltsverz"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entry</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157721" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From bibliography database</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From document content</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database.</paragraph> +<section id="saving_note"> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154200" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entryed" id="bm_id3143284" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Short name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147216" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157900" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149172" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Tips for working with bibliography entries">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c23bbd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104130000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrame" id="bm_id2796990" localize="false"/> +<section id="frame"> +<h1 id="hd_id3151189">Frame</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145420" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="rahm"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrame">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#frame"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153678" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp" name="shortcut keys">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US">If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US">In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to "As Character". The "Baseline" is drawn in red, "Character" is the font height, and "line" is the height of the line, including the frame.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#wrap"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameInteract" id="bm_id8960281" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149107">Icon on the Insert toolbar:</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="syrahmentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bd239e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104130100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US">To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a selected frame or object, first press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode>. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp" name="Text document - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d26d5e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="inserttable"> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTable" id="bm_id3151392" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/InsertTableDialog" id="bm_id3151394" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147402" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Insert Table</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149355" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_text"><variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp> +</variable></variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_table"/> +</section> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153922" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US">To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10642" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit" id="bm_id3147514" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin" id="bm_id3154470" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154477" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for the table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155188" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading rows on new pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin" id="bm_id227973" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="par_idN10754" xml-lang="en-US">Heading rows</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp> The spinbox accepts values up to one less than the number of rows being inserted.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Don't split the table over pages</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/formatlbinstable" id="bm_id3147226" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List of table styles</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined style for the new table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Icon on the Insert toolbar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153511" xml-lang="en-US">On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155912" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Table - Properties - Text Flow">Table - Properties - Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150688" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Writer - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57c340300 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104180400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Database</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="exchange_database"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145799"> + <bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChangeDatabaseField" id="bm_id4081199" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/ExchangeDatabasesDialog" id="bm_id4081299" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145799" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp" name="Exchange Database">Exchange Database</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156384" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datenbankaustext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeDatabaseField">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#datenaust"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3153818" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149130" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Databases</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154651" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146965" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Databases in Use</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149053" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb" id="bm_id3146048" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147300" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Available Databases</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse" id="bm_id9902035" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN106DF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define" id="bm_id9902036" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Define</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange a database:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149881" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148386" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document that you want to change the data source for.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150564" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Exchange Database</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153925" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147169" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151273" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Define</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88e6e05ae --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert (Text from File)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertDoc" id="bm_id6224917" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147562" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Insert (Text from File)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145411" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datei"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_text_from_file"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_idN105BD" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp">insert a section</link> for details.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f1c00beb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104200000xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Insert Script</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/InsertScriptDialog" id="bm_id3083451" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertScript" id="bm_id3146320" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147402">Insert Script</h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph"><variable id="scripttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertScript">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einfscript"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149880" role="paragraph">An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="View"><emph>View</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150572" role="paragraph">If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/previous" id="bm_id3149710" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541668" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_previous_script"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/next" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541770" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_next_script"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154644" role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294">Script Type</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145413" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/url" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry" id="bm_id3149803" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097">URL</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149810" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the <emph>Browse</emph> button, locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph"><SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript" SRC="url"></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153678" role="paragraph">/* ignore all text here */</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph"></SCRIPT></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155903" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/textentry" id="bm_id3149489" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text" id="bm_id3149493" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155184">Text</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143272" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6cd4997f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Header</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="header"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageHeader" id="bm_id3155625" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146320" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp" name="Header">Header</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#kopfzeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id2326425" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153921" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150761" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header - All</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To format a header, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp" name="Format - Page - Header"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6da40fa30 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104230000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="footer"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageFooter" id="bm_id3155061" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147403" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp" name="Footer">Footer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149353" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#fusszeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id7026276" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150018" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150566" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153923" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - All</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151187" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To format a footer, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp" name="Format - Page - Footer"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3eb332d2e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104990000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Fields (submenu)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="fields"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id030720160547013251" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147405" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp" name="Fields">Field</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The submenu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>More Fields</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_field"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#page_count"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#date"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#time"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#author"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#subject"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Other">More Fields</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/> +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a47ba415 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105030200xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Flow</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="text_flow"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id2502212"><bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw added two index entries</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#text_flow"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="hyphenation">hyphenation</link> options for text documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto" id="bm_id3147171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154640" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps" id="bm_id3147172" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps">Don't insert hyphens in words written entirely in capital letters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord" id="bm_id3147176" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate the last word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord">Don't insert hyphens in the last word of paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line end</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149291" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin" id="bm_id3147508" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line begin</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum" id="bm_id3153530" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen" id="bm_id3153534" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149813" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum word length in characters</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153548" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen">Enter the minimum word length in characters that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone" id="bm_id3153537" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149818" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyphenation zone</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone">To reduce hyphenation, enter the length of the hyphenation zone. Instead of the possible hyphenation, the line will break between words, if the remaining horizontal space does not exceed the hyphenation zone. Hyphenation zone results in enlarged spaces between words in justified text, and greater distance from paragraph margins in non-justified text. +</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breaks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the page or column <link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="break">break</link> options.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert<comment>UFI: #i30777#</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition" id="bm_id3155180" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149482" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle" id="bm_id3154831" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber" id="bm_id3151257" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147219" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara" id="bm_id3149033" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153635" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not split paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara" id="bm_id3152772" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkOrphan" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan" id="bm_id3153361" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Orphan control</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkWidow" id="bm_id3145780" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Widow control</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#widows_and_orphans" name="Orphans">Orphans</link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7106324 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105030400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Drop Caps</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="drop_caps"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7635731"><bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage" id="bm_id3151239" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150252" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp" name="Drop Caps">Drop Caps</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#drop_caps"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH" id="bm_id3146322" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display drop caps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number of characters</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3153920" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Space to text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3156321" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None].</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..802430d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105030800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Outline & List</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="numbering"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage" id="bm_id3145415" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151173"><variable id="outlinelisth1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Numbering">Outline & List</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154100" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage">Adds or removes outline level, list style, and line numbering from the paragraph or paragraph style. You can also restart or modify the start number for numbered lists and line numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#outline_list"/> + </section> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153536" role="listitem">To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154470" role="listitem">To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <menuitem>Format - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><menuitem>Paragraph</menuitem></link>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL" id="bm_id1209200804144764" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1209200804386034">Outline</h2> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1209200804371034">Outline level</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1209200804371097" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Text Body</emph> to reset the outline level.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143283">Apply List Style</h2> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE" id="bm_id3154200" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154188">List Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE">Select the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp" name="Numbering Style">List Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>) if you click the <emph>List Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154189">Edit Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle">Edit the properties of the selected list style.</ahelp> These properties will apply to all paragraphs formatted with the given list style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149195" role="paragraph">This button is disabled when Chapter Numbering is applied. Choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> to edit the outline level and numbering format.</paragraph> +<note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151117">Outline level and List style are independent of each other. Use <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> to assign a numbering format to paragraph styles used as headings in a document outline structure.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph">This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151250">Restart numbering at this paragraph</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START" id="bm_id3148973" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147096">Start with</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148979" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START" id="bm_id3149043" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147226">"Start with" spin button</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153632" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147581">Line numbering</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152771" role="paragraph">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Line numbering">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA" id="bm_id3153357" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153345">Include this paragraph in line numbering</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156267" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT" id="bm_id3151038" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151026">Restart at this paragraph</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149168" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA" id="bm_id3155906" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145775">Start with</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149355" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id551616756044690">The following buttons appear only for Paragraph Style.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1cc41955 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Style</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageDialog" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> +<section id="PageStyle"> +<h1 id="hd_id3150016"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageDialog">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp> +</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#formatpage"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp#page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210700.xhp#transparency"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp#header"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp#footer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#footnote"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#textgrid"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d13d99dc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105040500xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Columns</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="columns"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormatColumns" id="bm_id7831291" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage" id="bm_id3153246" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageColumnDialog" id="bm_id1212200809342598" localize="false"/><comment>added two Help IDs, see i97180</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149875"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="Columns">Columns</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151392" role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#columns"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149352" role="paragraph">You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155625">Settings</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf" id="bm_id3154502" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/valueset" id="bm_id1212200810184474" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154562">Columns</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154508" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150933">Selection fields</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149884" role="paragraph">You can also select one of the predefined column layouts.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id971604735234085">Tooltips describe each predefined selection.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151248">Apply to</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id321604744698332">The following two options are only available when formatting sections.</note> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148386">Evenly distribute contents to all columns</h3> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/balance" id="bm_id3150568" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149024" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp> Evenly distributes the text in <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="multi-column sections">multi-column sections</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textdirection"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="paragraph">The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153924">Width and spacing</h2> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147530">AutoWidth</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150986" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="paragraph">If the <emph>AutoWidth</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns.</paragraph> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147562">Column</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145206" role="paragraph">Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back" id="bm_id3151189" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156324">Left Arrow</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150761" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3150256"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149287" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3149750" src="res/sc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149750">Left Arrow Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154694" role="paragraph">Left Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next" id="bm_id3147515" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145421">Right Arrow</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153576" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3154279"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152938" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3152948" src="res/sc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152948">Right Arrow Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153540" role="paragraph">Right Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width1mf" id="bm_id3154481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width2mf" id="bm_id3152953" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154470">Width</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing1mf" id="bm_id3151319" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf" id="bm_id3153665" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151308">Spacing</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153672" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149685">Separator line</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph">This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb" id="bm_id3155786" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155775">Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159190" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id931604684769944">Width</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id931604684783303">Enter width of the separator line.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id421604684687071">Color</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id601604684699407">Select a color for the separator line.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf" id="bm_id3149303" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155184">Height</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149309" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143271">Position</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149485" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32db94ea2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040501xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3149871">Options</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148569" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltenber"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US">Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083448" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US">You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/><comment>UFI: changed embedded links, see #i64128</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbb206ef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105040600xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Footnote</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="footnote"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage" id="bm_id3151390" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154767" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote">Footnote</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149351" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnote"/> + </section> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154646" role="heading" level="2">Footnote area</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph">Set the height of the footnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145412" role="heading" level="2">Not larger than page area</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight" id="bm_id3149801" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154099" role="heading" level="2">Maximum footnote height</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154568" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151318" role="heading" level="2">Space to text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155897" role="heading" level="2">Separator Line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149689" role="paragraph">Specifies the position and other properties of the separator line.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position" id="bm_id3155177" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154194" role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151253" role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149105" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness" id="bm_id3149099" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151254" role="heading" level="2">Thickness</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness">Select the thickness of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151255" role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149107" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length" id="bm_id3149492" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143284" role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents" id="bm_id3147098" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149828" role="heading" level="2">Spacing to footnote contents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155145" role="tip">To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..492bab2af --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040700xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Footnotes/Endnotes</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + <section id="footnotes_endnotes"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/FootnotesEndnotesTabPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3149028" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussendnotenh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp" name="Footnotes/Endnotes">Footnotes/Endnotes</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +</section> + <h2 id="hd_id3153538" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of text</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151309" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151258" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154827" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147092" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148975" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Endnotes</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153639" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of section</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149166" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151027" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145776"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150699" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e83d47f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Grid</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="textgrid"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/TextGridPage" id="bm_id3145580" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150760"><bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp" name="Text Grid">Text Grid</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia_note"/> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#textgrid"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_NOGRID" id="bm_id3145579" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_LINESGRID" id="bm_id3145584" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID" id="bm_id3145588" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154101" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153537" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid layout</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines per page</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters per line</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE" id="bm_id3149696" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. base text size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. Ruby text size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149496" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ruby text below/left from base text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149816" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_DISPLAY" id="bm_id3154828" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_PRINT" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR" id="bm_id3154836" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149100" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid display</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8cf380da --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Image</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicDialog" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150016">Image</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148774" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicDialog">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US">You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp" name="shortcut keys">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_properties"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Image</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145419"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#image"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp#crop"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..098d2c9ba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Position and Size</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <section id="type"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9646290"><bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value> + </bookmark><comment>UFI: new index entries, see i54237</comment> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrameTypePage" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp" name="Type">Position and Size</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the size and the position of the selected image, frame, or OLE object on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_type"/> + </section> + + <h2 id="hd_id3147168" xml-lang="en-US">Size</h2> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147567" xml-lang="en-US">Width</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US">Relative</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US">Relative width relation</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145414" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation">Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height" id="bm_id3152948" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US">Height</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight" id="bm_id3153535" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US">Relative</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation" id="bm_id3151179" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US">Relative height relation</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation">Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3151313" xml-lang="en-US">Keep ratio</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Original Size</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US">This option is not available for frames.</note> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight" id="bm_id3151255" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autowidth" id="bm_id358592" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame.</paragraph> + + <section id="AnchorHelp"> + <h2 id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Anchor</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153352" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles window.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">To page</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149169" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara" id="bm_id3145771" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US">To paragraph</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145777" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar" id="bm_id3151370" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3155913" xml-lang="en-US">To character</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150115" xml-lang="en-US">As character</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + + <section id="PositionHelp_1"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150693" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the location of the selected object on the current page.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos" id="bm_id3147500" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147488" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose "anchor as character".</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori" id="bm_id3149565" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149554" xml-lang="en-US">by</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145258" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select "From Left" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor" id="bm_id3150556" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150545" xml-lang="en-US">to</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp> The following options are available:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id521629211712372" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for the paragraph, including indent spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id761629211713907" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for text in the paragraph, excluding indent spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id821629211714199" role="listitem"><menuitem>Left of paragraph text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region from the left text boundary to the first character on the left edge of the anchored paragraph text. <variable id="multicolumn">For multicolumn paragraphs, the region is defined in relation to the column where the anchor is located.</variable> When the anchor is not located in the first column, then the region starts at the left column margin.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id741629211714572" role="listitem"><menuitem>Right of paragraph text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region from the last character on the right edge of anchored paragraph text to the right text boundary. <embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#multicolumn"/> When the anchor is not located in the last column then the region ends at the right column margin.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id171629211714933" role="listitem"><menuitem>Left of page text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region between the left edge of the page and the left margin plus any left page padding.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id131629211715280" role="listitem"><menuitem>Right of page text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region between the right edge of the page and the right margin plus any right page padding.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id691629211796237" role="listitem"><emph>Entire page:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width of the page, from the left to the right page borders.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id981629211796563" role="listitem"><emph>Page text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for text in the page, from the left to the right page margins.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id811629211796776" role="listitem"><emph>Character:</emph> the object is positioned considering the horizontal space used by the character.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="anchor_tip"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id701629220055018">Beware that the set of options available depend on the Anchor settings. Therefore, not all options listed above may be shown due to the current Anchor choice.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="preview_tip"> + <tip id="par_id741629211922065">You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box.</tip> + </section> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror" id="bm_id3146331" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147746" xml-lang="en-US">Mirror on even pages</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146337" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <tip id="par_id3148446" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Image"><emph>Image</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages.</tip> + + <section id="PositionHelp_2"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos" id="bm_id3145321" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3145310" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150161" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp> The selection specifies the position of the object relative to the region or reference line selected in the <menuitem>to</menuitem> dropdown list.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#preview_tip"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert" id="bm_id3156123" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154724" xml-lang="en-US">by</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id911652710121127">Enter the amount of space to leave from the top edge of the object to the region or reference line selected in the <menuitem>to</menuitem> dropdown list. This option is active only when the following combinations of <menuitem>Vertical</menuitem> and <menuitem>Anchor</menuitem> are selected. For these combinations, you can specify the amount of space to leave from:</paragraph> + +<table id="tab_id681652926402414"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell colspan="2"> + <paragraph id="par_id101652926402414" role="tablehead">Vertical</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id511652926402414" role="tablehead">with Anchor</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id621652926402414" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>From top</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id321652926777383" role="tablecontent">Top edge of selected region.<br/> Positive values move the object down, negative values up.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id491652926402414" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>To page</menuitem>, <menuitem>To paragraph</menuitem>, <menuitem>To character</menuitem> or <menuitem>To frame</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id561652926613710" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>From bottom</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id691652964127818" role="tablecontent">Selected reference line.<br/> Positive values move the object up, negative values down.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id41652926572150" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>To character</menuitem> or <menuitem>As character</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor" id="bm_id3150923" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150912" xml-lang="en-US">to</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155075" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the region or reference line for the vertical alignment.</ahelp> The object can be positioned in relation to the following regions or reference lines:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id551629212019498" role="listitem"><emph>Margin:</emph> Depending on the anchoring type, the object is positioned considering the space between the top margin and the character ("To character" anchoring) or bottom edge of the paragraph ("To paragraph" anchoring) where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id481629212019833" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the height of the paragraph where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id521629212020113" role="listitem"><emph>Entire page:</emph> the object is positioned considering the full page height, from top to bottom page borders.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id691629212020466" role="listitem"><emph>Page text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the full height available for text, from top to bottom margins.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </section> + <section id="PositionHelp_3"> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id951629212020860" role="listitem"><menuitem>Character</menuitem>: available only for "To character" or "As character" anchoring, the object is positioned relative to the region between the top border and bottom border of the character immediately before where the anchor is placed. A character formatted with a common border with other characters or objects uses the region for the highest character or object in the common border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id631629212021233" role="listitem"><menuitem>Line of text</menuitem>: available only for "To character" anchoring, the object is positioned considering the height of the line of text where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id631629220309961" role="listitem"><emph>Baseline:</emph> available only for "As character" anchoring, this option will position the object considering the text baseline over which all characters are placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id811629220310472" role="listitem"><emph>Row:</emph> available only for "As character" anchoring, this option will position the object considering the height of the row where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id450625620317357" role="listitem"><menuitem>Entire frame</menuitem>: available only for "To frame" anchoring, the outer edges of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id341625620317835" role="listitem"><menuitem>Frame text area</menuitem>: available only for "To frame" anchoring, the text area of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#anchor_tip"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow" id="bm_id611285" localize="false"/> +<note id="par_id3150463" xml-lang="en-US">If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Center" alignment options are available.</note> + </section> + + <section id="keep_inside_text_bnd"> + <h3 id="par_idN10A8E" xml-lang="en-US">Keep inside text boundaries</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10A92" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10AA6" xml-lang="en-US">By default, the <emph>Keep inside text boundaries</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of Writer older than OpenOffice.org 2.0. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc).</paragraph> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149241" xml-lang="en-US">The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146949" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp" name="Format - Anchor"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153231" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05070000.xhp" name="Format - Align"><emph>Format - Align Text</emph></link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..212fd2412 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060200xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Wrap</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="wrap"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrapdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/WrapPage" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrapdialog/WrapDialog" id="bm_id3153539" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TextWrap" id="bm_id6339381" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapMenu" id="bm_id0801200803335347" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="umlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#wrap"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOff" id="bm_id3148982" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none" id="bm_id3147090" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="keinumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3152738"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149038" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149044" src="sw/res/wr07.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155139" xml-lang="en-US">None</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapLeft" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151031"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3145780" src="sw/res/wr02.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3145780" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapRight" id="bm_id3148984" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after" id="bm_id3150694" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147426"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149560" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149567" src="sw/res/wr03.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155966" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOn" id="bm_id3149224" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel" id="bm_id3149228" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parallel</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147740" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="seitenumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3146337"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148845" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3148851" src="sw/res/wr04.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3148851" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148442" xml-lang="en-US">Parallel</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThrough" id="bm_id622670" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through" id="bm_id3151096" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151081" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Through</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="durchlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145320"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150162" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150169" src="sw/res/wr05.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156104" xml-lang="en-US">Through</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/optimal" id="bm_id3150463" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapIdeal" id="bm_id3150462" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150451" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Optimal</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154716" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dynamischertext"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3156129"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150910" src="sw/res/wr06.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3150910" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149237" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146953" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text wrap options.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/anchoronly" id="bm_id3153240" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapAnchorOnly" id="bm_id3154324" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153229" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ersterabsatztext"><ahelp hid=".">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/transparent" id="bm_id3150086" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThroughTransparent" id="bm_id7503356" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148790" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Background</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outline" id="bm_id3149369" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapContour" id="bm_id3149372" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149358" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contour</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155793" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp" name="Edit Contour"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside" id="bm_id3154632" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154620" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outside only</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154621" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow overlap</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147378" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/allowoverlap">Specifies whether the object is allowed to overlap another object.</ahelp> This option has no effect on wrap through objects, which can always overlap.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147397" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Gaps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150659" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150678" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right" id="bm_id3149949" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154032" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top" id="bm_id3147277" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149974" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom" id="bm_id3149621" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157884" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd512353b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Contour Editor</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/FloatingContour" id="bm_id3151318" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ContourDialog" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Contour Editor</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ContourDialog">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="text wrap">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/container" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/container">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp><comment>and this bubble text hides both from view if not set to 0 length</comment></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#kontureditor"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3155178" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149495"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151253" src="svx/res/nu01.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151253" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE" id="bm_id3147102" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147091" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Workspace</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147217" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3153637"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3147585" src="svx/res/cd02.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Workspace</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3149181" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151029"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151370" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151377" src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150121" xml-lang="en-US">Select</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150690" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147424"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149559" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149565" src="cmd/sc_rect.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145137" xml-lang="en-US">Rectangle</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3150552" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149228"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146332" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3146338" src="cmd/sc_ellipse.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3146338" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148857" xml-lang="en-US">Ellipse</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154769" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151089"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145304" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3145311" src="cmd/sc_polygon.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3145311" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150164" xml-lang="en-US">Polygon</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3156106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156112" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145342"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154711" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154717" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154717" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145632" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3150919" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150925" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155088"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3146947" src="cmd/sc_beziermove.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3146947" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">Move Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3150097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3148793"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149357" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149363" src="cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149363" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3154618" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154624" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147380"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149643" src="cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154028" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR" id="bm_id3149960" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Auto Contour</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147277"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149615" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149621" src="svx/res/cd025.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149621" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145655" xml-lang="en-US">AutoContour</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148716" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Undo</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last action.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155345"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149200" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149206" src="svx/res/cd020.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149206" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157890" xml-lang="en-US">Undo</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3154213" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157907" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Redo</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154219" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155773"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154058" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154073" src="cmd/sc_redo.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3154073" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153195" xml-lang="en-US">Redo</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE" id="bm_id3145092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153212" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Replacer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3146880"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149585" src="sd/res/pipette.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149585" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149381" xml-lang="en-US">Color Replacer</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/spinbutton" id="bm_id3154729" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tolerance</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c75739c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Image</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="image"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage" id="bm_id3152952" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Graphics">Image</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152961" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafik1"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154191" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flip</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipHorizontal" id="bm_id8328881" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Vertically<comment>see bug 106420;Writer uses VERT for HOR and HORZ for VERT</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="vertikaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image vertically.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipVertical" id="bm_id9859908" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori" id="bm_id3151251" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151261" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="horizontaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image horizontally.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages" id="bm_id3148979" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147101" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On all pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147212" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On left pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On right pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the image as a link.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry" id="bm_id3156272" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse" id="bm_id3145786" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp" name="Format - Flip">Format - Flip</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158743" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit - Links">Edit - Links</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d5731518 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060700xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Macro</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="macro"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage" id="bm_id9825433" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9825433" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158429" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Specifies the macro to run when you click an image, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_macro"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments" id="bm_id9825434" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Event</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151173"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3152949" xml-lang="en-US">Event</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149808" xml-lang="en-US">Event trigger</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US">OLE object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US">Image</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">ImageMap area</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154197" xml-lang="en-US">Hyperlink</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US">Click object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149489" xml-lang="en-US">object is selected</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153637" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse over object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US">mouse pointer moves over the object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149174" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151031" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Trigger Hyperlink</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155857" xml-lang="en-US">hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150693" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147423" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149554" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155976" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse leaves object </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149216" xml-lang="en-US">mouse pointer moves off the object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149841" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148436" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151082" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154780" xml-lang="en-US">Image loaded successfully</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145304" xml-lang="en-US">image is loaded successfully</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154718" xml-lang="en-US">Image loading terminated</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US">loading of the image is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156105" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155079" xml-lang="en-US">Could not load image</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149250" xml-lang="en-US">image is not successfully loaded</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154327" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148779" xml-lang="en-US">Input of alpha characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150030" xml-lang="en-US">text is inputted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155792" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154623" xml-lang="en-US">Input of non-alpha characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147391" xml-lang="en-US">Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150666" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149963" xml-lang="en-US">Resize frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US">frame is resized</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148713" xml-lang="en-US">Move frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155349" xml-lang="en-US">frame is moved</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154227" xml-lang="en-US">Before inserting AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155785" xml-lang="en-US">before AutoText is inserted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145292" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145096" xml-lang="en-US">After inserting AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149577" xml-lang="en-US">after AutoText is inserted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156237" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159203" xml-lang="en-US">For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp" name="Control properties">Control properties</link> or <link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp" name="Form properties">Form properties</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156030" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assigned Action</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156043" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156058" xml-lang="en-US">Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries" id="bm_id4656819" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149271" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to pick the macro from.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros" id="bm_id3767815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Existing Macros</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148458" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3767816" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145197" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete" id="bm_id3767817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5f45cbe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105060800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hyperlink</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="hyperlink"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150980"><bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150980" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp" name="Hyperlink">Hyperlink</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grahyper"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155180" role="heading" level="2">Link to</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143275" role="paragraph">Set the link properties.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url" id="bm_id3154825" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149485" role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search" id="bm_id3149103" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151260" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149109" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp" name="FTP server">FTP server</link> in the Internet.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148972" role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147217" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153636" role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets" name="here">here</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152772" role="heading" level="2">Image Map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155138" role="paragraph">Select the type of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap" name="ImageMap">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server" id="bm_id3149170" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153357" role="heading" level="2">Server-side image map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149176" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client" id="bm_id3151029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156278" role="heading" level="2">Client-side image map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151036" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client">Uses the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp" name="image map">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151380" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8468c711f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060900xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="options"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage" id="bm_id3150016" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3149879" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp" name="Options">Options</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149708" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage">Specify properties for the selected image, frame or OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_options"/> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US">Accessibility</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name" id="bm_id3145419" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname" id="bm_id3150352" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US">Text Alternative (images and OLE objects only)</h3> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190100.xhp#text_alternative"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190100.xhp#description_field"/> +<h2 id="hd_id131652489268586">Sequences (frames only)</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev" id="bm_id3149695" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US">Previous link</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev">Displays the frame that comes before the selected frame in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the selected frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3159198" xml-lang="en-US">Next link</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next">Displays the frame that comes after the selected frame in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US">Protect</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154834" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies protection options for the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US">Contents</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147099" xml-lang="en-US">You can still copy the contents of the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe" id="bm_id3147218" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148979" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize" id="bm_id3153640" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US">Size</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US">Content alignment (frames only)</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id671652134896150">Vertical alignment</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign">Specifies the vertical alignment of the frame's content. Mainly it means text content, but it also affects tables and other objects anchored to the text area (anchored as character, to character or to paragraph), for example frames, graphics or drawings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies print and text options for the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly" id="bm_id3153357" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Editable in read-only document (frames only)</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe" id="bm_id3156281" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">Print</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow" id="bm_id3145787" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US">Text direction (frames only)</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151374" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150689" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp" name="Text direction">Text direction</link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1db1114d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Object</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FrameDialog" id="bm_id9776567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><comment>Name is not related to UI, dialog is called by Format - Image or Format - Frame, so name should be Frame / Image or we need two files that are the same except for title</comment></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150536">Object</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149352" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="objekttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameDialog">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#object_properties"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145249"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..189e3d4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table Properties</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="table_properties"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableDialog" id="bm_id6845912" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147172"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Properties">Table Properties</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableDialog">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#table_properties"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#table"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#text_flow"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<h1 id="hd_id891656584151327"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background"> +Background</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561656584332142">Set or remove color or image background for selected cells, rows, or table.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82df530e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154762"><bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage" id="bm_id3149052" localize="false"/><comment>UFI: deleted "tables;sizing"</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp" name="Table">Table</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabformat"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf" id="bm_id3148773" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3150764" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Alignment</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">Set the alignment options for the selected table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147511" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154108" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left margin</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150982" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Centered</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159188" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manual</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154829" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf" id="bm_id3147214" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147220" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf" id="bm_id3147587" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Above</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Below</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textflow"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..431d16f30 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="columns"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/TableColumnPage" id="bm_id7831292" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="Columns">Columns</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column width properties.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltentab"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adapt table width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> alignment or <emph>Relative</emph> width is selected on the <emph>Table </emph>tab, or if any table rows have been selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adjust columns proportionally</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Change all the other column widths by the same percentage as the one being changed.</ahelp> For example, if you reduce by half the size of a column, the sizes of all the other columns will be halved. This option requires that <emph>Adapt table width</emph> can be enabled.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remaining space</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150976" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column widths for the table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width1" id="bm_id3149690" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width2" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width3" id="bm_id3154188" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width4" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width5" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6" id="bm_id3154202" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column widths</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back" id="bm_id3149487" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149814" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tabelle_tastatur"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..084911d0d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="tabelle_tastatur"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp" name="Editing Tables Using the Keyboard">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Resizing Columns and Rows</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147566" xml-lang="en-US">To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153531" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150983" xml-lang="en-US">To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp" name="Table Bar">Table Bar</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7c34ddab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Flow</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="text_flow"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154558"><bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage" id="bm_id3154507" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145245" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabelletextfluss"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text flow</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Break</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page" id="bm_id3147567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159189" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154839" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf" id="bm_id3148972" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149819" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow table to split across pages and columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow" id="bm_id3669240" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RowSplit" id="bm_id6725669" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108D6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow row to break across pages and columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline" id="bm_id3155137" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf" id="bm_id3560289" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1091C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10920" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation" id="bm_id2659993" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10940" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text orientation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10964" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10968" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical (top to bottom)</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1097T" xml-lang="en-US">Use superordinate object settings</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10969" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical (bottom to top)</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical alignment</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..429259e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cell</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150765" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp" name="Cell">Cell</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147567" xml-lang="en-US">This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zelle"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#merge_cells"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#top"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#center_vertical"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#bottom"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#protect"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#unprotect"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16ad0563c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105100300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Protect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="protect"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Protect" id="bm_id7637302" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146322"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp" name="Protect">Protect</link></h1> + <section id="protectcells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145822" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#schtzenze"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154641" role="note">When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149292" role="paragraph">To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp" name="Cell - Unprotect"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..987f60a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105100400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Unprotect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="unprotect"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly" id="bm_id3818873" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149052"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp" name="Unprotect">Unprotect</link></h1> + <section id="unprotectcells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083450" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#unprotect"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154558" role="paragraph">To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150765" role="tip">You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cf8a71e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Row</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp" name="Row">Row</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154652" xml-lang="en-US">Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp" name="Height">Height</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hoehetext"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp" name="Optimal Height">Optimal Height</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#distribute_rows_equally"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#select"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149883" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="Insert...">Insert...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#delete"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95e181034 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Row Height</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetRowHeight" id="bm_id3310623" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/RowHeightDialog" id="bm_id3154653" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149871" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Row Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149053" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetRowHeight">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#hoehez"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf" id="bm_id3145823" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149878" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fit to size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US">You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp" name="Row - Optimal Height"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da7745128 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Optimal Height</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153728" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal Height</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeilenhoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" visibility="visible">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optimal_row_height"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154765" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a47847695 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Select</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="select"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireRow" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149055" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154650" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp" name="Select">Select</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireRow" visibility="visible">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#selektierenz"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149352" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f46d86b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id7236774" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp" name="Delete">Delete</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149050" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteRows">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#delete_row"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea4e808cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Column</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp" name="Column">Column</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149052" xml-lang="en-US">Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spalte"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp" name="Width...">Width...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#breitetext"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp" name="Optimal width">Optimal width</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#distribute_columns_equally"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#select"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="Insert...">Insert...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#delete"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38b7f1dba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Column Width</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetColumnWidth" id="bm_id7860324" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ColumnWidthDialog" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Column Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149503" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetColumnWidth">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#breites"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Width</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column" id="bm_id3149350" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp><comment>removed 2 sentences, see #i64155</comment></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47b2b784a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal Width</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth" id="bm_id8687648" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149500" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Optimal Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149050" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spaltenbreitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5611743" xml-lang="en-US">The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optimal_column_width"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..180db97cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Select</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> + <section id="select"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireColumn" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150253" localize="false"/><paragraph id="hd_id3154660" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp" name="Select">Select</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154765" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireColumn" visibility="visible">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltesel"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c7b8955c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Columns/Rows</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertRowDialog" id="bm_id3149871" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id3149874" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148489" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Columns/Rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151241" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfuegentext">Inserts a row or column into the table. This command is only available when the cursor is in a table. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#insert_columns_rows"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies where to insert the columns or rows.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before" id="bm_id3156312" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after" id="bm_id3156313" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149024" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153718" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c02e36509 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id9878689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145801" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp" name="Delete">Delete</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153418" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteColumns">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156385" xml-lang="en-US">This command is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#delete_columns"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c29583155 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles in Writer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4005249"><bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>list styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US">Styles in Writer</h1> +<section id="style_catalog"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10635" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><comment>UFI: this is no more "Style Catalog" dialog, but we need the links and tables</comment><comment>UFI: another comment: the Style Catalog can be customized to be visible again!!! Dont know it this is temporary bug, workaround, or feature</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149052" xml-lang="en-US">The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles</link> deck of the Sidebar.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp" name="Templates - Save as Template"><emph>Templates - Save as Template</emph></link>.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150572" xml-lang="en-US">Style Category</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153721" xml-lang="en-US">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3154642"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151271" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153154" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151172" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149810" xml-lang="en-US">Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147527" xml-lang="en-US">Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Page Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US">Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149298" xml-lang="en-US">Use List Styles to format ordered or unordered lists.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<section id="style_groups"> +<h2 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Style Groups</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154828" xml-lang="en-US">These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles window.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149101"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3148977" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149032" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153642" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152769" xml-lang="en-US">Displays styles appropriate to the current context.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154374" xml-lang="en-US">All Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Displays all styles of the active style category.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150590" xml-lang="en-US">Applied Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149168" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. </paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156368" xml-lang="en-US">Custom Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145780" xml-lang="en-US">Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155908" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for text.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for headings.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147500" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149568" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for ordered or unordered lists.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US">Index Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155975" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for indexes.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell > +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US">Special Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147736" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146339" xml-lang="en-US">HTML Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149845" xml-lang="en-US">Displays a list of styles for HTML documents.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155560" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the user-defined conditional styles.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151090" xml-lang="en-US">Hierarchical</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148448" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8555cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130002xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style </title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3148489"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp" name="Character Style">Character Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154650" xml-lang="en-US">Character styles provide a way to customize the formatting for individual characters. Use character styles to change the properties of a character, word or selected part of a paragraph. When you apply a character style to a text selection, the character style properties override the corresponding paragraph character properties.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id541610673006306">For example, if you apply a character style with 15pt font size to a selection in a paragraph with character property of 12pt font size, the selection is set to 15pt, while the rest of the paragraph remains with 12pt font size.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id751610803325140"><emph>No Character Style</emph> is actually the set of character properties of the current paragraph style. Choose No Character Style to reset the character properties of the selection to those of the paragraph style. You cannot customize No Character Style.</note> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#characterstyle"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id901610542787798">Direct formatting overrides any formatting provided by a character style. To remove direct formatting from a selection, use <menuitem>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+M</keycode>).</note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<note id="par_id701610668103877">Use the <emph>Contains</emph> section in the Organizer to see the properties of the character style.</note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#characters"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#font_effects"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#position"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp#asilayout"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia_note"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#character_highlight"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16ae38f4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130004xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">List Style</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3155961" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp" name="Numbering Style">List Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149501" xml-lang="en-US">Here you can create a List Style. The List Styles are organized in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#numberingstyle"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id317365356036" xml-lang="en-US">When a List Style is created, a name is assigned to the style. The list style can be applied to paragraphs or assigned to a paragraph style in the Apply List Style section of the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="ApplyListStyle">Outline & List</link> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US">Ordered lists and unordered lists created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the <link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp" name="Toggle Ordered List">Toggle Ordered List</link> and <link href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp" name="Toggle Unordered List">Toggle Unordered List</link> icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp" name="object bar">Formatting</link> bar use <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>. They are not list styles.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050100.xhp#bullets"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050200.xhp#numberingtype"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050300.xhp#outline"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050400.xhp#graphics"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp#customize"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..158011486 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130100xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="conditional"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154656"><bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/ConditionPage" id="bm_id3152964" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp" name="Condition">Condition</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154766" xml-lang="en-US">Define conditions for conditional styles here.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#conditional_style"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151391" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149349" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:</paragraph> +<list type="ordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149883" xml-lang="en-US">Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format - Page - Header</emph>).</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US">Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style "Business letter".</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US">Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US">In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style "Header". You also can select your own style.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US">You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149753" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US">The "Text Body" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151321" xml-lang="en-US">The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on).</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional style</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150974" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US">Context</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, list levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US">Applied Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149689" xml-lang="en-US">Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154194" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#style_groups"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove" id="bm_id3151329" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149306" xml-lang="en-US">Remove</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US">Assign</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply">Click <emph>Apply</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3f6173c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles (Sidebar)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="styles_and_formatting"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3907589"> + <bookmark_value>Styles window;applying styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;previews</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>previews;styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "applying;."</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT" id="bm_id7354350" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154505"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles (Sidebar)</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3148391" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to apply, create, edit, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditStyle" id="bm_id0122200903162640" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id0122200903183687" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#stylewindow"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_idN106EF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#docking" name="dock">dock</link> the Styles window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id270120161717298895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">By default, the Styles deck displays a preview of the available styles. The previews can be disabled by unchecking the <emph>Show Previews</emph> box below the list of styles.</paragraph> + + +<h2 id="hd_id3153146">Style Category</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ParaStyle" id="bm_id5183654" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149753"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147506" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3147512" src="sw/res/sf01.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3147512">Icon Paragraph Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154106" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149800" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting" name="formatting">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:CharStyle" id="bm_id8801201" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3153673"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151319" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3152955" src="sw/res/sf02.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152955">Icon Character Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150351" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154570" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FrameStyle" id="bm_id9644609" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149688"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3159194" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3159200" src="sw/res/sf03.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3159200">Icon Frame Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151332" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3143282" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageStyle" id="bm_id1836178" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3154831"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149819" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149826" src="sw/res/sf04.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149826">Icon Page Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148976" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Page Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147220" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ListStyle" id="bm_id8443551" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149034"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152766" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3152772" src="sw/res/sf05.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152772">Icon List Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154390" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<table id="tbl_id3989034"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3132646" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id1952772" src="sw/res/sf06.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152772">Icon Table Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3129390" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Table Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3115361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for tables.</ahelp> Use table styles to apply borders, backgrounds, fonts, alignment, and number formats to tables.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN" id="bm_id3151377" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3151030"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150576" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150590" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150590">Icon Fill Format Mode</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145786" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="style_fillformat">Fill Format Mode</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<table id="tbl_id3155923"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150114" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150122" src="cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150122">Icon New Style from Selection</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147490" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Style actions menu</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN109BB" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StyleNewByExample" id="bm_id7425973" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id3149563" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN109DA" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp" name="stylist_fromselect"><menuitem>New Style from Selection</menuitem></link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149552" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StyleUpdateByExample" id="bm_id7425974" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id9001129" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A04" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="updatestyle"><menuitem>Update Selected Style</menuitem></link> </paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LoadStyles" id="bm_id7425975" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A31" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="loadstyles"><menuitem>Load Styles from Template</menuitem></link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A36" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles from Template dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147167">How to apply a Character style to a selected text</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151264" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150756" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the desired character style in the Styles window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<h2 id="hd_id3147184">How to apply a Paragraph style</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153564" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the paragraph, or select multiple paragraphs.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150735" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the desired paragraph style in the Styles window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<tip id="par_idN1071D">You can assign shortcut keys to Styles from the <menuitem>Tools - Customize</menuitem> - <emph>Keyboard</emph> tab. Some shortcuts are predefined. <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+0</keycode></caseinline> +<defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+0</keycode></defaultinline> + </switchinline> (zero) applies the <emph>Text Body</emph> paragraph style. <emph>Heading 1</emph> through <emph>Heading 5 </emph>paragraph styles can be applied by using the <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline> +<defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline> + </switchinline> key and the heading number. For example <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+2</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+2</keycode></defaultinline> +</switchinline> applies the <emph>Heading 2</emph> paragraph style.</tip> +<tip id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US">The Formatting (Styles) toolbar contains icons for applying and modifying styles.</tip> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148860">More information about <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="styles">styles</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aed08b4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105150000xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">AutoCorrect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="autoformat"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153925"><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153925"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp" name="AutoFormat">AutoCorrect</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151182" role="paragraph">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat1"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#typing"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#apply"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#apply_and_edit_changes"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1029200810080924"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link></h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1029200810080924" role="paragraph">Opens the AutoCorrect dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147570" role="paragraph">To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddee2b297 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150100xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">While Typing (AutoCorrect)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="typing"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id531611675140517"> +<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:OnlineAutoFormat" id="bm_id3154491" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While Typing">While Typing</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154017" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:OnlineAutoFormat">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - Options</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#while_typing"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148488" xml-lang="en-US">You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="word completion">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3147407" xml-lang="en-US">To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp" name="Undo"><emph>Undo</emph></link>.</tip> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147404" role="paragraph">When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155625">AutoCorrect for Headings</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154505" role="paragraph">A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145241" role="listitem">paragraph begins with a capital letter</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148386" role="listitem">paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150564" role="listitem">empty paragraph above and below the paragraph</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152941">AutoCorrect for Separator Lines</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154105" role="paragraph">If you type three or more hyphens (---) or certain other characters in a row and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="lower border">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The bottom padding of such a paragraph will be set to 0.75 mm. The following rules apply:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153530" role="listitem">Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154477" role="listitem">Three underscores (_) yield a single line (0.75 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150982" role="listitem">Three equal signs (=) yield a thin double line (0.75 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id621656410235262" role="listitem">Three asterisk signs (*) yield a thick/thin double line (2.25 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id861656410244737" role="listitem">Three tilde signs (~) yield a thin/thick double line (2.25 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id951656410249826" role="listitem">Three hash signs (#) yield a medium double line (1.5 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp" name="Other AutoFormat rules">Other AutoCorrect rules</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..717c091fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150101xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">AutoFormat for Tables</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormat" id="bm_id3150343" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog" id="bm_id3150249" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id2655415"><bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148485">AutoFormat for Tables</h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149500" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformattab"/> + </section> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151388">Applying an AutoFormat to a Table</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145828" role="listitem">Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153006" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145585" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb" id="bm_id3148770" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148386">Format</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149022" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153722">Add</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151185" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154646" role="listitem">Format a table in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156320" role="listitem">Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153156" role="listitem">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="listitem">In the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150278" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="hidden" hid="modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit">Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove" id="bm_id3154280" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147516">Delete</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150707" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove">Deletes the selected table style. You cannot delete "Default Table Style".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149302">Rename</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename "Default Table Style".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153534">Formatting</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154477" role="paragraph">Select the formatting attributes to include in the selected table style.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb" id="bm_id3147526" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151317">Number format</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb" id="bm_id3152954" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150350">Font</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152961" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154575">Alignment</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155896" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149690">Borders</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154200" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb" id="bm_id3155184" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201">Pattern</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151325" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46418a5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150104xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Combine</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Combine</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minimum Size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..663773071 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105150200xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Apply (AutoCorrect)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="apply"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatApply" id="bm_id9349581" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5028839"> +<bookmark_value>autocorrect;apply manually</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155962"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp" name="Apply">Apply</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatApply">Automatically formats a document or a selection according to the options set in the AutoCorrect <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="AutoCorrect Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id791611674214928">To select options, choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</menuitem>, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, then select options in the [M] column to be applied when the Apply command is chosen.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat2"/> + </section> + + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149030">AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156316" role="paragraph">To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150763" role="paragraph">To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. </paragraph> + <note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147507">Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the Default Paragraph Style, Text Body or Text Body Indent paragraph styles.</note> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc74ac1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150300xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Apply and Edit Changes</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<section id="apply_and_edit_changes"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply" id="bm_id766634" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149353" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp" name="Apply and Edit Changes">Apply and Edit Changes</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat3"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Accept All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153722" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reject All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Changes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp" name="Manage AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..014a7bb0e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Load Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LoadStyles" id="bm_id6197481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/LoadTemplateDialog" id="bm_id3154764" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"> + <switchinline select="appl"> + <caseinline select="IMPRESS">Load Master Slide</caseinline> + <caseinline select="DRAW">Load Master Page</caseinline> + <defaultinline><variable id="load_styles_header"><link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="Load Styles">Load Styles</link></variable></defaultinline> + </switchinline> +</h1> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="IMPRESS"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150717" xml-lang="en-US">Load additional slide designs for your presentation.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/simpress/00/slide_menu.xhp#loadslidedesign"/> + </section> + </case> + <case select="DRAW"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2150717" xml-lang="en-US">Load additional page designs for your drawing.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/sdraw/00/page_menu.xhp#loadpagedesign"/> + </section> + </case> + <default><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083446" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="styles_text"><ahelp hid=".">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#loadstyles"/> + </section> + </default> +</switch> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text" id="bm_id3148772" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories" id="bm_id31547561" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates" id="bm_id3154703" localize="false"/> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="IMPRESS"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150327">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Displays the available slide design categories.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155962">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155337" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Displays the templates for the selected design category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id241634052550343">Preview</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/expander">Shows or hides a preview of a selected master slide.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id9159206">Some master slides may not contain visible text objects or drawing objects.</note> + </case> + <case select="DRAW"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150427">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Displays the available page design categories.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155952">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Displays the pages designs for the selected design category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id241634052520343">Preview</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id315054" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/expander">Shows or hides a preview of a selected page design.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3159206">Some page designs may not contain visible text objects or drawing objects.</note> + </case> + <default> + <h2 id="hd_id3149354" xml-lang="en-US">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149885" xml-lang="en-US">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145249" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148392" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph and Character</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153717" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156320" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages" id="bm_id3151271" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering" id="bm_id3149756" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153147" xml-lang="en-US">List</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152587" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite" id="bm_id3147507" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US">Overwrite</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147514" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading. No warning message is given.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">Only applied styles and modified styles are loaded from a document or template. The styles shown in the sidebar cannot be used as a guide.</note> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile" id="bm_id3147520" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153668" xml-lang="en-US">From File</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147526" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + <tip id="par_id121611051600253">To save styles from a document as a template, use <emph>From File</emph> to load the styles to an empty document, then choose <menuitem>File - Templates - Save as Template</menuitem>.</tip> +</default> +</switch> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0825bb7b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Split Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="split_table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153246"><bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SplitTable" id="bm_id3037041" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/SplitTableDialog" id="bm_id3154654" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153246" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp" name="Split Table">Split Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083450" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SplitTable">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabauf"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149351" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mode</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading" id="bm_id3153002" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading (apply style)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156318" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US">When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3721b92c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105200000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Merge Table </title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="merge_table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154652"><bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeTable" id="bm_id6690819" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mergetabledialog/MergeTableDialog" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mergetabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154652" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Table">Merge Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147401" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabverb"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146325" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eabfef90 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Hyphenation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="hyphenation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id3267005" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/HyphenateDialog" id="bm_id3152362" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3152362" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148572" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#silbentrennung"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153811" xml-lang="en-US">To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US">When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155622" xml-lang="en-US">To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US">To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150018" xml-lang="en-US">To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer "Yes" to the following question.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150019" xml-lang="en-US">To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +</list> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147562" xml-lang="en-US">To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154276" xml-lang="en-US">To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids"><emph>Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US">To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147523" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154573" xml-lang="en-US">To hide soft hyphens, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Word</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/worded" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153676" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/worded">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/left" id="bm_id3159192" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/right" id="bm_id3159196" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left / Right Arrow</paragraph> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/right">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/continue" id="bm_id3149299" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151327" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149306" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/continue">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/ok" id="bm_id3143280" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149495" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenate</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/ok">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/delete" id="bm_id3149815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/delete">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea4b1c558 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Word Count</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/WordCountDialog" id="bm_id6469313" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/help" id="bm_id6469314" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/close" id="bm_id6469315" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WordCountDialog" id="bm_id1483504" localize="false"/> +<section id="wordcount"> + <h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542"><link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp">Word Count</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10552" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/WordCountDialog">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#wordcount"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#how"/> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062D" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics"><menuitem>File - Properties - Statistics</menuitem> </link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94e796d6f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChapterNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6638326" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/OutlineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6154506" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154561" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ChapNumh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp">Chapter Numbering</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3145246" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kapnum"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog">Specifies the numbering scheme and outline format for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3150934" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter numbering is achieved by assigning paragraph styles to outline levels, and a numbering scheme for each outline level. By default, the "Heading" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline levels (1-10). You can use the dialog to assign a different paragraph style to an outline level.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id8237250" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="chapter_numbering_tip">If you want numbered headings, choose <menuitem>Tools - </menuitem><link name="chapternumbering" href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#ChapNumh1"><menuitem>Chapter Numbering</menuitem></link>. This command opens a dialog where numbering schemes can be assigned to paragraph styles used for headings. Do not use the <link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp" name="Toggle Ordered List">Toggle Ordered List</link> icon on the <link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp" name="FormattingBar">Formatting Bar</link> or the <menuitem>Format - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="BulletsNumbering"><menuitem>Bullets and Numbering</menuitem></link> dialog.</variable></tip> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#numbering"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/> +<section id="loadsave"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/format" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US">Load/Save</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147512" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/format">Saves or loads a chapter numbering format. A saved chapter numbering format is available to load into other text documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3150979" xml-lang="en-US">The <widget>Load/Save</widget> button is only available for chapter numbering. Use List styles to save formatting for ordered or unordered lists.</note> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form2" id="bm_id3154475" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form3" id="bm_id3154476" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form4" id="bm_id3154477" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form5" id="bm_id3154478" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form6" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form7" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form8" id="bm_id3154481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form9" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US">Untitled 1 - 9</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined numbering format.</ahelp> Save your own predefined numbering formats using <emph>Save As</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US">Save As</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155892" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialog where you can save the current numbering and position settings for all levels. Saved settings are available to load into other documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/entry" id="bm_id3154191" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form" id="bm_id3154194" localize="false"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62383d74d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<section id="numbering"> +<h1 id="hd_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp" name="Numbering">Numbering</link></h1> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/OutlineNumberingPage" id="bm_id3150280" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung1"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level" id="bm_id3154508" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153003" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150018" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for paragraph style, to all the levels, click "1-10".</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150930" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the formatting for the selected outline level.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style" id="bm_id3153716" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153722" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click "None", the selected outline level is not defined.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3151272" xml-lang="en-US">Number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156319" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering">Select the numbering scheme that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154642"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150258" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Selection</emph> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149760" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Description</emph> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155899" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">1, 2, 3, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154191" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Arabic numerals</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147513" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">A, B, C, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150708" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Capital letters</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154104" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">a, b, c, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153533" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Lowercase letters</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151314" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">I, II, III, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154470" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (upper)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150360" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">i, ii, iii, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152960" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (lower)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149298" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151332" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is "BBB".</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143284" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149820" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154834" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">None</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148968" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle" id="bm_id3147218" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147224" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle">Select the character style of the numbering character.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3153643" xml-lang="en-US">Show sublevels</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147575" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select "3" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix" id="bm_id3155136" localize="false"> +</bookmark> + + +<h3 id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US">Separator Before</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type "Chapter " to display "Chapter 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix" id="bm_id3153352" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3154386" xml-lang="en-US">Separator After</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153358" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display "1."</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat" id="bm_id3149175" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150590" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3151023" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionh1"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#ChapNumh1"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecd2f5020 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3799245" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153004" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Footnote options">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fnoten"><ahelp hid=".uno:FootnoteDialog">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoteneinstellung"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#footnote_settings"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#endnote_settings"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..697611098 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="footnote_settings"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp" name="Footnotes">Footnote Settings</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149500" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage">Specifies the formatting for footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoten"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US">To set additional option for footnotes, choose <menuitem>Format - Page Style</menuitem>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3149884" xml-lang="en-US">AutoNumbering</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3150929" localize="false"/> +<section id="endnote_numbering"> +<h3 id="hd_id3148394" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb">Select the numbering scheme that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3153923"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US">Selection</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US">1, 2, 3</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US">Arabic numerals</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US">A, B, C</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153154" xml-lang="en-US">Uppercase</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US">a, b, c</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US">Lowercase</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150706" xml-lang="en-US">I, II, III</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (upper case)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US">i, ii, iii</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (lower case)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147525" xml-lang="en-US">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154194" xml-lang="en-US">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149297" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151330" xml-lang="en-US">Counting</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3143284"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US">Option</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US">Per page</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148983" xml-lang="en-US">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">Per chapter</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155147" xml-lang="en-US">Per document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153347" xml-lang="en-US">Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150580" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151036" xml-lang="en-US">Before</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150587" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "To " to display "To 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3156375" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3156364" xml-lang="en-US">After</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155906" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id334242345" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> to open <emph>Styles</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.</tip> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3149179" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148875" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb" id="bm_id3151380" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148888" xml-lang="en-US">End of page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb" id="bm_id3150117" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US">End of document</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150695" xml-lang="en-US">To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnote text, and assign character styles to the footnote anchor number and the number in the footnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147613" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147620" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text. Only special styles can be selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3145122" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147495" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145128" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149229" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3149846" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149834" xml-lang="en-US">Text area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147592" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3148857" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148845" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155575" xml-lang="en-US">Continuation notice</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted" id="bm_id3151078" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148445" xml-lang="en-US">End of Footnote</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151091" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed" id="bm_id3154082" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154784" xml-lang="en-US">Start of next page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8963235c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="endnote_settings"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage" id="bm_id3154644" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3156321" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp" name="Endnotes">Endnote Settings</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#endnoten"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3149757" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149292" xml-lang="en-US">AutoNumbering</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#endnote_numbering"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3145421" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150714" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150702" xml-lang="en-US">Before</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152943" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "re: " to display "re: 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US">After</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150970" xml-lang="en-US">To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style, and assign character styles to the endnote anchor number and the number in the endnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147520" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147526" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text. Only special styles can be selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3159195" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US">Text area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159200" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3155175" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151326" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5868654e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106090000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Convert Text to Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147402"><bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTableText" id="bm_id3342815" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/ConvertTextTableDialog" id="bm_id3146323" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147402" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp" name="Convert Text to Table">Convert Text to Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="texttab"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertTableText">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#texttabelle"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Separate text at</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US">A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs" id="bm_id3166468" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Semicolons</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Other:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150256" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered" id="bm_id3151168" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text box</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Equal width for all columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/autofmt" id="bm_id3152939" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31542781" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheaderssb" id="bm_id6823328" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5971251" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4136478" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't split table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3149123" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Border</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48f41ab73 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Sort</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149353"><bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SortDialog" id="bm_id849221" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableSort" id="bm_id6670125" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id66701251" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149353" role="heading" level="1">Sort</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150015" role="paragraph"><variable id="sort"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDialog">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#sortieren"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150931" role="heading" level="2">Sort criteria</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key1" id="bm_id3153926" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key2" id="bm_id3166462" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3" id="bm_id3166466" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149029" role="heading" level="2">Keys 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147170" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb1" id="bm_id3156318" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb2" id="bm_id3156322" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147565" role="heading" level="2">Column 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154644" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>removed a para</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb1" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb2" id="bm_id3149289" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3" id="bm_id3149292" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150254" role="heading" level="2">Key type 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149752" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="2">Order</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id072020090105453" role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up1" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up2" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3" id="bm_id3147513" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154270" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down1" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down2" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3" id="bm_id3152938" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150708" role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152946" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149812" role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150973" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147526" role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151312" role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph">Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs" id="bm_id3155896" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154570" role="heading" level="2">Tabs</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/character" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154190" role="heading" level="2">Character</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb" id="bm_id3151335" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151324" role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149482" role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151252" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149104" role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154838" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10895" role="note">For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..826e8f33c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106110000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculate</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="calculate"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalculateSel" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149884" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154505" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp" name="Calculate">Calculate</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150021" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:CalculateSel" visibility="visible">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#calculate"/> +</section> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..537221e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Page Formatting</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="page_formatting"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Repaginate" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150342" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp" name="Page Formatting">Page Formatting</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150249" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:Repaginate">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#seitenformatierung"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154766" xml-lang="en-US">In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1068c66f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106160000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Current Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="current_index"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154704" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp" name="Current Index">Current Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCurIndex" visibility="visible">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktuellesverz"/> +</section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763">You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:</paragraph> + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147297" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146967" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditCurIndex" visibility="visible">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155620" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveTableOf" visibility="visible">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a54bc17da --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">All Indexes and Tables</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="all_indexes"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllIndexes" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151243" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3149875" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp" name="All Indexes and Tables">All Indexes and Tables</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150211" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllIndexes" visibility="visible">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alleverz"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af179cc1c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106180000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Line Numbering</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id9455016" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id3154660" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US">Line Numbering</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150249" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <menuitem>Format - Paragraph</menuitem>, click the <emph>Outline & List</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box. +</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id248115" xml-lang="en-US">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</note> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#zeilennumerierung"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering" id="bm_id3147402" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3146965" xml-lang="en-US">Show numbering</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083449" xml-lang="en-US">View</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155621" xml-lang="en-US">Set the properties of the line numbering.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown" id="bm_id3154558" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153000" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145246" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown">Select the numbering scheme that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown" id="bm_id3148774" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US">Spacing</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153719" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin" id="bm_id3151267" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US">Interval</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151272" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156321" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150765" xml-lang="en-US">You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry" id="bm_id3153150" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US">Text</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin" id="bm_id3151175" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149757" xml-lang="en-US">Every</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3152962" xml-lang="en-US">Count</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in frames in the line count.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US">Blank lines</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes" id="bm_id3150990" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US">Lines in frames</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150995" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes">Adds line numbers to text in frames. The numbering restarts in each frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp" name="linked frames">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151320" xml-lang="en-US">Restart every new page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9c88f27d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Update All</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="update_all"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAll" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154560" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3145824" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp" name="Update All">Update All</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153004" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAll" visibility="visible">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alles"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad94620ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106200000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="fields"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateFields" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148485" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3083281" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateFields" visibility="visible">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#update_fields"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be96318fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106210000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Links</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="links"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllLinks" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155962" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp" name="Links">Links</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllLinks" visibility="visible">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktverknuepf"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a025da151 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">All Charts</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="all_charts"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCharts" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148488" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155959" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp" name="All Charts">All Charts</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCharts" visibility="visible">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#adiagr"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..148868b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106990000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Update</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + <section id="update"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154704"><bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value></bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp" name="Update">Update</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149501" xml-lang="en-US">Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktualisieren"/> +</section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#update_all"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#fields"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#links"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#current_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#all_indexes"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#all_charts"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#page_formatting"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923049f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="accessibilitycheck" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Accessibility Check</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id551630942369429"> + <bookmark_value>accessibility;check in text document</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>PDF/UA;check</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark id="bm_id541630940172937" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/accessibilitycheckdialog/dialogButtons" localize="false"/> +<bookmark id="bm_id541630940172826" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/accessibilitycheckdialog/@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<section id="accessibilitycheckheading"> + <h1 id="hd_id771630940172827"><variable id="accessibilitycheckh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp" name="Accessibility Check">Accessibility Check</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id951630940172830" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Review common accessibility problems in the document, and support for PDF/UA specifications in the PDF export dialog.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id311630940367510">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Accessibility Check</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521630941308319">Select <menuitem>File - Export as PDF - General - Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA)</menuitem> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901630941406987">The Accessibility Check tool traverses the document structure and gather all possible accessibility issues. The check can be run manually through the menu or it will be triggered after PDF export dialog, when the PDF/UA support is enabled.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id271630943848307">The Accessibility Check dialog</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id681630943858371">The Accessibility Check dialog shows a list of all issues found in the text document.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id841630943833924">Go to Issue</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41630943863594">Click the button to jump to the page and select the object or issue that requires attention for accessibility.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id121630943721145">Common accessibility checks</h2> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31630941412046">The checks that are currently implemented are:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id191630941836904" role="listitem">Check that the document title is set.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001630941860410" role="listitem">Check that the document language is set, or that all styles that are in use, have the language set.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001630941880414" role="listitem">Check all images, graphics, OLE objects for the alt (or title in some objects) text.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id491630941907745" role="listitem">Check that tables do not include split or merged cells, which could be disorienting for users with visual impairments.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id901630941949974" role="listitem">Check for fake/manual numbering (not using integrated numbering). For example writing "1." "2." "3." at the beginning of the paragraphs.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id981630941970321" role="listitem">Check that hyperlink text is not a hyperlink itself - hyperlink should be described.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id421630941989099" role="listitem">Check for the contrast between text and the background. The algorithm is described in the WCAG specification.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id781630942005022" role="listitem">Check for blinking text, which can be problematic for people with cognitive disabilities or photosensitive epilepsy.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id651630942022847" role="listitem">Check for footnotes and endnotes, which should be avoided.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id531630942039864" role="listitem">Check for heading order. Order of the headings must increase incrementally with no skips (for example Heading 1 to Heading 3, skipping Heading 2).</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id221630942064725" role="listitem">Check, if text conveys additional meaning with (direct) formatting.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..532d1e9f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="edit_reference_submenu" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Reference (Edit)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> + +<section id="edit_reference_head"> +<h1 id="hd_id1001603128268578"><link href="swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp" name="editreference">Reference</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id411603128291771">A submenu that offers possibilities to edit footnotes, endnotes, index entries, and bibliography entries.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#reference"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147302" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Footnotes">Footnote or Endnote</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#footnote_endnote_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147327" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Index Entry">Index Entry</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#index_entry_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147352" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp" name="Bibliography Entry">Bibliography Entry</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#bibliography_entry_text"/> + +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c03d61a4d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01format_objectxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Box and Shape</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2005-07-15T13:49:17">Format Object menu in Writer</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="object"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DrawGraphicMenu" id="bm_id5739310" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="par_idN10548" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp">Text Box and Shape</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected textbox or shape.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05230000.xhp#position_and_size"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp#line"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05990000.xhp#text"/><comment>Text Attributes</comment> +<h2 id="par_id9466841" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp">Fontwork</link></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2874538" xml-lang="en-US">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15d51ad7e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="legacynumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Position (List Styles - Legacy)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id601579742532876"> +<bookmark_value>numbering;OpenOffice.org</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>OpenOffice.org legacy numbering</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<section id="legacynumberinghead"> + <bookmark id="bm_id221579742307751" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/legacynumbering" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id761579742307751"><variable id="legacynumberingh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp" name="legacy numbering">Position (List Styles - Legacy)</link></variable></h1> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821590943298700" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positioninfo"/> </paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numposition"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionlevels"/> +<note id="par_id5004119" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME Writer uses the position controls shown here when opening documents that use a different method for positioning and spacing. For default controls see <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="LO-numbering-alignment">Position (List Styles)</link>.<comment>see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt</comment></note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionspacingheading"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3155830" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id1336405" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Indent</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering area. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149166" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative">Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numberingwidthmf" id="bm_id3153349" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id3153348" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150245" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width of numbering<comment>i85347</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150129" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf">Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.</ahelp><comment>UFI: fixed #i31282#</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149237" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149235" localize="false"/> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="WRITER"> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum space between numbering and text.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">The alignment of the numbering symbol is adjusted to get the desired minimum space. If it is not possible because the numbering area is not wide enough, then the start of the text is adjusted.</ahelp></paragraph> + </case> +</switch> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#numberingalignmenth3"/><comment>provides heading "Number Alignment</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621580154011473" xml-lang="en-US">Aligns the numbering symbol left, center, or right in the numbering area. The position might be adjusted to maintain the minimum space.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#numbAlignNote"/><comment>provides note about "Number Alignment</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#defaultnumbering"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview"/> +<embed href="/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#loadsave"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionapply"/><comment>provides Apply control help</comment> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3116235" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="LO numbering alignment">Position (List Styles)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3199228" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Paragraph alignment">Paragraph alignment</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3194378" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp" name="Paragraph indenting">Indenting Paragraphs</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..629a3eef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge00xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="mailmerge"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeWizard" id="bm_id6627657" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id9926450" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/vcl/ui/wizard/Wizard" id="bm_id1926107" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send email messages to many recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#mmwizard"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US">Before starting the Mail Merge Wizard you might want to review the whole process of creating a mail merge:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters_main"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#startingdocument"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#documenttype"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#addresses"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#greetingline"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#layout"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#next"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CC" xml-lang="en-US">First step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document</link>.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F6" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe9a4c8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge01xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting Document</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T12:01:37">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 1</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="startingdocument"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/MMSelectPage" id="bm_id9740592.00000000" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/currentdoc" id="bm_id9740592.00000001" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Use the current document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/newdoc" id="bm_id501724" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create a new document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/loaddoc" id="bm_id216986" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from existing document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsedoc" id="bm_id7658314" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/template" id="bm_id1717886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a template</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsetemplate" id="bm_id3173619" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoc" id="bm_id6065248" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a recently saved starting document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10588" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoclb" id="bm_id920133" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Document type">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7a9924b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge02xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="documenttype"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/MMOutputTypePage" id="bm_id2589191" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the type of mail merge document to create.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Letter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6954863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email message</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/email" id="bm_id3822443" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an email message or an email attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf72b3273 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge03xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T12:49:43">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 3</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="addresses"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/MMAddressBlockPage" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US">The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button is called <emph>Select Different Address List</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US">The title of this page is <emph>Insert address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Select address list</emph> for email messages.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresslist" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805413" xml-lang="en-US">When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge.<comment>ufi: see i9899</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/address" id="bm_id934476" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document shall contain an address block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settingspreview" id="bm_id934477" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805416" xml-lang="en-US">If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth substeps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/hideempty" id="bm_id59205" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9355754" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Suppress lines with just empty fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3109225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settings" id="bm_id8949247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/assign" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805417" xml-lang="en-US">Unless all address elements are matched with a column header, you cannot finish the Mail Merge wizard with the <emph>Finish</emph> button or continue to the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">fourth step</link> of the wizard.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresspreview" id="bm_id8653524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows a preview of the address block template filled with data.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/prev" id="bm_id2950224" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/next" id="bm_id8050477" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN105834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..387ad7204 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge04xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T13:13:31">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 4</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="greetingline"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/MMSalutationPage" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the properties for the salutation.</ahelp> If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/greeting" id="bm_id274666" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/personalized" id="bm_id274667" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/female" id="bm_id274668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newfemale" id="bm_id274669" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/male" id="bm_id274670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10580" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newmale" id="bm_id274671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalecol" id="bm_id274672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalefield" id="bm_id274673" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/general" id="bm_id274674" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/preview" id="bm_id274675" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/assign" id="bm_id9288918" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Match fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/prev" id="bm_id3859675" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/next" id="bm_id991546" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D4" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dabe402f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge05xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T13:57:01">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 5</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/MMLayoutPage" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10544" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Block Position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/top" id="bm_id1113010" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/align" id="bm_id7631458" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align to text body</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/left" id="bm_id7862483" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation Position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/up" id="bm_id656758" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Up</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/down" id="bm_id3112582" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Down</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/example" id="bm_id3112585" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview area</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Provides a preview of the salutation positioning on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/zoom" id="bm_id628070" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Zoom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a magnification for the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AF" xml-lang="en-US">Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e888d2ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_copytoxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Copies To</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:47:51">UFI: mail merge email copy to dialog</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/CCDialog" id="bm_id2162235" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Copy To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US">Specify additional email recipients for the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/cc" id="bm_id2162236" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">CC</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/bcc" id="bm_id3037202" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">BCC</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..899a6f201 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_cusaddlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Customize Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:06:11">UFI: Customize Address List dialog of mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/CustomizeAddrListDialog" id="bm_id8578150" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Customize Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/treeview" id="bm_id8578151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address list elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/add" id="bm_id8578152" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/delete" id="bm_id8578153" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/rename" id="bm_id8578154" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e22c7ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_cusgrelinxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Custom Salutation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:27:42">UFI: Custom Greeting Line dialog in mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/AddressBlockDialog" id="bm_id8578143" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Custom Salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">email merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addresses" id="bm_id8578142" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/toaddr" id="bm_id5275734" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/fromaddr" id="bm_id6546525" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addressdest" id="bm_id1746574" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag salutation elements into the box below</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/custom" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addrpreview" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/up" id="bm_id1669972" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/left" id="bm_id1744743" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/right" id="bm_id1376384" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/down" id="bm_id7465132" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b40546f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_emabodxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Email Message</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:55:00">UFI: E-Mail Body dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/MailBodyDialog" id="bm_id495011" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Email Message</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">email</link> attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/greeting" id="bm_id1831110" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10554" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This email should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation to the email.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/personalized" id="bm_id1831111" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/female" id="bm_id1831112" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newfemale" id="bm_id1831113" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/male" id="bm_id1831114" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newmale" id="bm_id1831115" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalecol" id="bm_id1831116" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalefield" id="bm_id1831117" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/general" id="bm_id1831118" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/bodymle" id="bm_id495010" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Write your message here</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the main text of the email.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a505e5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_emailmergeddocxml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Send merged document as email</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="send_merged_document_as_email"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeEmailDocuments" id="bm_id201703192214544668" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/MMResultEmailDialog" id="bm_id201703192214544668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703192214041173" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">Send merged document as email</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703192214161498" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sends the mail merge output as email messages to all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10556" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Email options</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/mailto" id="bm_id5152745" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105EC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that contains the email address of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/copyto" id="bm_id3541673" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105EF" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Copy to</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105F3" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/subject" id="bm_id5238196" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10600" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10604" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the subject line for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendas" id="bm_id9405499" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10607" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send as</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1060B" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the mail format for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1060E" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendassettings" id="bm_id2954496" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10611" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">Email Message</link> dialog where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/attach" id="bm_id8253730" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10626" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Name of the attachment</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1062A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10558" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send records</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendallrb" id="bm_id8163090" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1062D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send all documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to send emails to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941191" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/from" id="bm_id8942839" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/to" id="bm_id7026887" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/ok" id="bm_id425122" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10642" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start sending emails.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c97f59f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_finentxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Find Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:03:09">UFI: Find Entry dialog of mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/FindEntryDialog" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Find Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> address list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/entry" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the search term.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/findin" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find only in</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/area" id="bm_id8489031" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data field where you want to search for the text.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/find" id="bm_id8489033" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8e061ac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_matfiexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Match Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:15:01">UFI: Match Fields dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/AssignFieldsDialog" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Match Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/FIELDS" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Matches to field:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field name in your database for each logical address element.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/PREVIEW" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address block preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c8782f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_newaddbloxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">New Address Block / Edit Address Block</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:31:39">UFI: New Address Block dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_ELEMENTS" id="bm_id5275740" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_INSERT" id="bm_id5275741" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_REMOVE" id="bm_id5275742" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_DRAG" id="bm_id5275743" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag address elements here</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_PREVIEW" id="bm_id5275744" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_MOVEBUTTONS" id="bm_id5275745" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9851f672f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_newaddlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">New Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T10:40:54">UFI: New Address List dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CreateAddressList" id="bm_id3153966" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CONTAINER" id="bm_id3153967" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Information</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/START" id="bm_id3153968" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/PREV" id="bm_id3153969" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOED" id="bm_id3153970" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOSB" id="bm_id3153977" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEXT" id="bm_id3153971" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/END" id="bm_id3153972" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show Entry Number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEW" id="bm_id3153973" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/DELETE" id="bm_id3153974" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/FIND" id="bm_id3153975" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CUSTOMIZE" id="bm_id3153976" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bf857598 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_printmergeddocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Print merged document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="print_merged_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergePrintDocuments" id="bm_id201703192012291723" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/MMResultPrintDialog" id="bm_id201703192012291724" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703192010597215" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp">Print merged document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703192012043766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printer options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printers" id="bm_id376598" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the printer.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printersettings" id="bm_id7486190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print records</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printallrb" id="bm_id4834131" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Print all documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/ok" id="bm_id6397595" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92c9e83c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_savemergeddocxml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Save merged document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="save_merged_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/MMResultSaveDialog" id="bm_id201703191638233298" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeSaveDocuments" id="bm_id201703191638233299" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703191634335977" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp">Save merged document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703191635403846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Save the mail merge output to file.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10557" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save As options</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/singlerb" id="bm_id7217627" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1058D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as single large document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10591" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/individualrb" id="bm_id3735465" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10594" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10598" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1059B" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1059F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN106E1" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A2" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A6" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/ok" id="bm_id4436475" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A9" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105AD" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..919594e4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seladdbloxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Address Block</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:20:08">UFI: Select Address Block dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/SelectBlockDialog" id="bm_id6604815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address Block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/preview" id="bm_id6604816" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select your preferred address block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/never" id="bm_id6604817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Never include country/region</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/always" id="bm_id2571184" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always include country/region</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/dependent" id="bm_id6947538" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Only include country/region if it is not:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/country" id="bm_id7257606" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10651" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/new" id="bm_id1533249" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/edit" id="bm_id1784112" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/delete" id="bm_id2646565" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10598" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73a05ae81 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seladdlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T10:20:18">UFI: mail merge select address list dialog</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/SelectAddressDialog" id="bm_id119937" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address list that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/add" id="bm_id7303689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/create" id="bm_id584429" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/filter" id="bm_id4916837" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/edit" id="bm_id3753166" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/changetable" id="bm_id7802667" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change Table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94941febb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seltabxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/SelectTableDialog" id="bm_id6627093" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7da989e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="OutlineContentVisibility" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline Content Visibility</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id141603814665942"> +<bookmark_value>outline content folding;enabling</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>show;outline folding</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>hide;outline folding</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id311603588857975">Outline Folding</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781603591328239">Hide and show all content under headings, including text, images, tables, frames, shapes, and text boxes.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id151606158601951">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web) - View</menuitem>, and select the <emph>Show Outline Folding Buttons</emph> checkbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id431603592299868" role="paragraph">Open the Navigator (<keycode>F5</keycode>) and display the <emph>Headings</emph> entry. Hover the mouse on a heading and open the context menu. Select <menuitem>Outline Folding</menuitem> submenu.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401603902789914">Use this feature to selectively hide and show contents under all paragraphs that have a non-zero outline level, usually headings. In large documents, it allows to quickly scroll to the right position for editing and reading.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id711604659189386"> +<bookmark_value>navigator;outline folding</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>outline folding;with Navigator</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h2 id="hd_id931603593824856">Using Outline Folding with Navigator</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id161603902590811">All outline folding commands in the navigator are shown in the context menu of the <emph>Headings</emph> entries. Open the context menu of a heading and choose <menuitem>Outline Folding</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id761603902018701"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201603902018701"> +<image src="sw/res/nc20000.png" id="img_id871603787633618" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id761603787633618">Headings Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id111603902018701" role="paragraph">Headings icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<h3 id="hd_id111603594832364">Fold all</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id171603594868435">Hides all contents for the selected heading and its sub-headings. Sibling outline headings with same level are not hidden. If applied on the main Headings entry of the navigator, only the document headings are displayed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id381603902284237">Unfold all</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id431603902342365">Headings and its sub-headings contents are displayed in the document area. If applied on the main Headings entry of the navigator, the document is displayed in full.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id651606162136531">Toggle</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501606162132255">Toggles the outline folding of the selected item.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id861604659229058"> +<bookmark_value>outline folding;with mouse</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h2 id="hd_id961603593527184">Using Outline Folding with the Mouse</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id641604365236177">Over a heading</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331603591793655">Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key and place the mouse over a heading. An arrow in left margin gives a visual cue.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id681604492926867">When mouse pointer image changes to hand pointer, the following commands are possible:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id451603594434731" role="listitem">Click to toggle folding of content from selected heading to next heading.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id71603594448708" role="listitem">Right-click to hide or show all content from selected heading (and all its subheadings) to next heading at same outline level.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="hd_id101604365425000">Arrows in left margin</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id541604366257774">Place mouse in left margin next to a heading. An arrow appears if content is shown.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id451603594341994" role="listitem">A down arrow indicates the heading and its contents are visible.</paragraph> + </listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id71603594662394" role="listitem">A left arrow indicates the heading has hidden contents.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<h2 id="hd_id81604416400633">Saving Document Outline Folding State</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101604416417417">Documents saved in Open Document Format (.odt) will retain the current settings of hidden and shown contents at time of the save command.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id261606163563654">The document contents are not affected by the folding settings.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id371606166467814">Printing and exporting to PDF with Outline Folding Contents</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821606166528569">To print or to export the full document, set the outline folding to <emph>Unfold All</emph> beforehand.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id391606166521548">Folded outline contents will <emph>not</emph> be printed or exported to PDF. </warning> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981604412273516"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="outlinelevel">Set Paragraph Outline Level</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31604412603892"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp" name="chapnumbering">Modify Outline Levels for Headings</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#Navigator"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401603926410184"> <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar" name="addbutton">Adding a Button to a Toolbar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id271604411886782"><link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp" name="modifymenu">Customizing a Context Menu</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251603931664784"><link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="makeshortcut">Making a Shortcut Key</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fce04fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="protecttextdocument" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Protect Document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id71630957701819"> +<bookmark_value>protection;fields in text documents</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>protection;bookmarks in text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark id="bm_id731630954633445" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ProtectField" localize="false"/> +<bookmark id="bm_id731630954633445" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ProtectBookmarks" localize="false"/> +<section id="protectdocumentheading"> +<h1 id="hd_id631630954633446"><link href="text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp" name="Protect Document">Protect Document</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id491630954633448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggles write protection for fields and bookmarks in the document.</paragraph> +</section> +<warning id="par_id18112016398104"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protwarn"/></warning> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#protecdocument"/> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id431630956035026">Protect Fields</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id851630956050636">Toggles fields write protection. When checked, the fields cannot be edited or deleted.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id871630956040154">Protect Bookmarks</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631630956055502">Toggles bookmark write protection. When checked, the bookmarks cannot be deleted or renamed.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id281630957530212"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protection"/></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03ae6221c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01selection_modexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selection Mode</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="selection_mode"> +<!-- removed HID sel_mode_id --><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4177678" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp">Selection Mode</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2962126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#selection_mode"/> +</section> +<!-- removed HID insert_normalid --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9816278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp></paragraph> +<!-- removed HID insert_id --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3097323" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6efb1e722 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="show_whitespace" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Show Whitespace</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="show_whitespace_head"> + <bookmark id="bm_id721629893531853" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowWhitespace" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id11629893531856"><link href="text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp" name="show_whitespace">Show Whitespace</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id102720150854012820" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the document with the top and bottom margins, header and footer and a gap between pages. Uncheck to collapse all the elements cited and display the document in a contiguous page stream. Hiding whitespace is only possible in Single-page view.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#show_whitespace"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..713b72c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="stylesinspector" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Style Inspector</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/inspectortextpanel/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id361641339217672" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id441641339111122"> +<bookmark_value>styles;inspector</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>style inspector</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <section id="styleinspectorhead"> + <h1 id="hd_id741641334466741"><link href="text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp" name="Style Inspector">Style Inspector</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id971641334466743" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="StyleInspector">The Style Inspector is located on the Sidebar. It displays all the attributes of the styles (paragraph and character) and any direct formatting present in the paragraph and character where the cursor is located. These details can be useful when you are trying to figure out why some formatting in a document appears to be incorrect or inconsistent.</variable></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7"/> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521641338705733">Open the sidebar, click on the Style Inspector icon</paragraph> + <table id="tab_id961641335152917"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id431641335152917" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_inspectordeck.svg" id="img_id661641335152918" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id61641335152918">Icon Style Inspector</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id721641335152918" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Style Inspector on the Sidebar</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781641335609033">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Alt+5</keycode><keycode></keycode></paragraph> + </section> + <h2 id="hd_id941641336331359">The Style Inspector Panel</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id771641336335666">Properties</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1001641336347665"><emph>Paragraph Styles</emph>: shows the list of the paragraph styles applied to the text at the cursor position, following the style hierarchy, where the parent style comes above any child style.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981641336364074"><emph>Paragraph direct formatting</emph>: shows the list of paragraph properties which are set directly to the text at the cursor location.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id961641336357072"><emph>Character Styles</emph>: shows the list of the character styles applied to the text at the cursor, following hierarchy, where the parent style comes above any child style.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981641336364073"><emph>Character direct formatting</emph>: shows the list of character properties which are set directly to the text at the cursor location.</paragraph> + + <h3 id="hd_id301641336416253">Values</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251641336411569">Display the values of the properties.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id491641337715424">Usage</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821641421059397">Use the Style Inspector to uncover formatting issues in your text document.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id991641421123640" role="listitem">Style properties overwritten by direct formatting are greyed out in the Paragraph and Character style tree, indicating that the style property is not effective anymore.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id841641421139731" role="listitem">Paragraph style properties that are re-defined by a child paragraph style are greyed out.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id31641421150849" role="listitem">Character style properties that are re-defined by a child character style are greyed out.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id911641421185601" role="listitem">Paragraph style and direct properties that are re-defined by character styles or character direct properties are greyed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621641337772747">For example, if the margins of the paragraph are changed by direct formatting using the rulers, the margins property of the paragraph style are greyed out and the margins properties are displayed in the Paragraph Direct Formatting entry of the Style Inspector.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id771641378992460">Another example, if the <emph>Emphasis</emph> character style highlights a word with a yellow background, and the user mistakenly overwrote it by using a white background, the <literal>yellow</literal> attribute would be greyed-out and <literal>white</literal> is listed under Direct Formatting in the Style Inspector. The Style Inspector shows only those attributes that diverge from the parent (which is usually the Default Paragraph Style).</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101641338214488">Some features of the Style Inspector are of interest mainly to advanced users:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id281641338268000" role="listitem">The Style Inspector can show any hidden RDF (Resource Description Framework, a W3C standard) metadata at the cursor position associated with text spans, paragraphs, and bookmarks. For annotated text spans, “Nested Text Content” item can show the boundary of the nested annotated text ranges and metadata fields.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id531641338286704" role="listitem">Custom color metadata field shadings can be set for an annotated text range or a metadata field, for visualization of metadata categories in the document editor. Use <menuitem>View - Field Shadings</menuitem> or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F8</keycode> to disable or enable these field shadings.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id261641340112608"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.1#Style_inspector" name="rel71">Release notes for Style Inspector</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id601641340196019"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.2#RDF_metadata_in_Style_Inspector" name="rdfmetadata">RDF Metadata in Style Inspector</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id731641340265093"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.2#Custom_color_metadata_field_shadings" name="customcolormetadata">Custom color metadata</link> </paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7aaeeda52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textshared01title_pagexml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using title pages in your document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="using_title_pages_in_your_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TitlePageDialog" id="bm_id300920161429511761" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/titlepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/titlepage/DLG_TITLEPAGE" id="bm_id301920161429511761" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id300920161717389897"> + <bookmark_value>page;title page</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;first page style</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;modifying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;inserting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161429137211" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp">Inserting title pages in the document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161429345505" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Insert title pages in your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161429347135" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Title pages are pages at the beginning of the document that lists the publication information, such as the title of the publication, the name of the author etc. These pages have a different layout than the pages of the document body, because they may not have page numbering, sometimes a different heading and footer and even different margins settings or background.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443292710" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose menu <item type="menuitem">Format - Title Page</item></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443298079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Many documents, such as letters and reports, have a first page that is different from the other pages in the document. For example, the first page of a letterhead typically has a different header or the first page of a report might have no header or footer, while the other pages do. This is simple to achieve with %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443298274" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Page header and footer, numbering, margins and orientation are some of the properties that belongs to page styles. %PRODUCTNAME Writer let your to insert a blank title page at any point of your document, or format an existing page like a title page, by inserting a page break followed by a page style of your choice or by changing the page style at cursor position.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443293374" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443299618" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443308966" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor on the first page,</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443301816" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Menu Bar, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Title page…</item></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443304794" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Converting existing pages to title pages</emph> </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443301533" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select the style of the title page in the <emph>Edit Page Properties</emph> area</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161448355764" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">By default, %PRODUCTNAME selects the <emph>First Page</emph> page style.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443315175" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443316916" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443314375" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph> and the following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph>.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443317859" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443317032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor where you want to insert a new title page.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443315460" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the menu bar select <item type="menuitem">Format - Title page</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443318611" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Insert new title pages</emph></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443311657" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set number of title pages to add and</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443311852" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the title page location by setting its page number in the spin box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329307" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443327672" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph></paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443324067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will insert a page break and change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph>. The following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph> page style.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443323335" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a title page:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id30092016144332559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot delete a title page. You must change its page style format from <emph>First Page</emph> to whatever other page style you wish.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329339" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the page you want to change the style</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id30092016144332353" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Sidebar Deck, select <emph>Sidebar Settings - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329078" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the <emph>Styles</emph>, select button <emph>Page Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443339937" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Style list, select the page style you want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443337801" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Double click on the page style to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443378384" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp">Format page</link>, </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161915582003" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">Page break</link>, </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161915587772" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c222ecd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="watermark" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Watermark</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + + + <section id="wm01"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id781516897374563" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp" name="Watermark">Page Watermark</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id121516897374563" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="waterm01"><ahelp hid=".">Insert a watermark text in the current page style background.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id171516897713635"> + <bookmark_value>watermark;text documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>watermark;page background</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page background;watermark</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761516899094991" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item>.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516905298143" xml-lang="en-US">A watermark is an identifying image or pattern in paper that appears as various shades of brightness when viewed by transmitted light. Watermarks were originally created directly during paper manufacturing to discourage counterfeiting of documents, currency bills, stamps and more.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201516905302881" xml-lang="en-US">Use watermarks in %PRODUCTNAME Writer to simulate a paper watermark on the document pages.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id731516900297974" xml-lang="en-US">Fill the dialog settings below.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id501516905708560" role="note">The values entered applies to the actual page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id47418" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id16673" src="media/screenshots/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog.png" width="11cm" height="8cm"><alt id="alt_id47763">Watermark dialog</alt></image></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/TextInput" id="bm_id391516970628151" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id341516900303248" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Text</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id181516900309119" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the watermark text to be displayed as image in the page background.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/FontBox" id="bm_id421516970660727" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id171516900315575" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Font</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781516900322735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the font from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1001516900331585" role="note">You cannot choose font size or font style for the watermark text. The text size will be scaled to fit in one line in the page background.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Angle" id="bm_id581516970694174" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id721516900337255" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Angle</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id531516900343270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Transparency" id="bm_id101516970727180" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id511516900348606" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Transparency</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301516900356824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the transparency level for the watermark. A 0% value produces an opaque watermark and a value of 100% is totally transparent (invisible).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Color" id="bm_id561516970763374" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id321516900368799" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Color</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516900373461" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a color from the drop-down box.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id771516906476223" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To change a watermark contents or setting.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id831516906589936" xml-lang="en-US">If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp" name="classification bar">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id611516900724619" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp#bm_id030820161856432825" name="classification watermark">Document classification watermarks</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id891516901777257" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653" name="page background">Page background</link></paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7a76464f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0202110000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Ordered List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="numbering"> +<section id="numberingh1"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DefaultNumbering" id="bm_id7054149" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150220" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="numberingh1"><link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp" name="Numbering on/off">Toggle Ordered List</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150240" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefaultNumbering">Adds or removes numbering from the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id221649422095688">To define the numbering format, choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>. To display the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> Bar, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.<comment>UFI changed last sentence, see #60925</comment></paragraph> +</section> +<note id="par_id3150952" xml-lang="en-US">Some of the bullets and numbering options are not available when working in the <link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp" name="Web Layout">Web Layout</link>.<comment>UFI: online layout is now web layout</comment></note> +<section id="synumbering"> +<table id="tbl_id3154361"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150502" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150508" src="cmd/lc_defaultnumbering.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3150508" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Ordered List Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147525" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Ordered List</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147549" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering">Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3bb78cf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0203210000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Link Frames</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="link_frames"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChainFrames" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143228" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3148869"><link href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp" name="Link">Link Frames</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149873" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChainFrames" visibility="visible">Links the selected frame to the next frame.</ahelp> The text automatically flows from one frame to another.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id721613395973296">Choose <menuitem>Format - Frame and Object - Link Frames</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id531613396047070">On the <emph>Format</emph> bar, click the <emph>Link Frames</emph> icon.</paragraph> +</section> + <section id="sylink_frames"> + <table id="tbl_id3155624"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" id="img_id3148771" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148771">Icon Link Frames</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149288" xml-lang="en-US">Link Frames</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca9da786a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0203220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Unlink Frames</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="unlink_frames"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151188"><bookmark_value>frames;unlinking</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>unlinking frames</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:UnhainFrames" id="bm_id5787098" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151188" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp" name="Unlink Frames">Unlink Frames</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnhainFrames">Breaks the link between two frames.</ahelp> You can only break the link that extends from the selected frame to the target frame.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syunlink_frames"> +<table id="tbl_id3153638"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149687" src="cmd/sc_unhainframes.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US">Unlink Frames</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03c8e703e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Rows</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="insert_rows"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154838"><bookmark_value>tables; inserting rows</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>rows; inserting in tables, using icon</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertRows" id="bm_id8022206" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154838" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Rows">Insert Rows</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147407" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syinsert_rows"> +<table id="tbl_id3154506"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151189" src="cmd/sc_insertrows.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151189" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149670" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Row</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..775ddfa06 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Column</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="insert_column"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152899"><bookmark_value>tables; inserting columns in</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>columns; inserting in tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumns" id="bm_id2116346" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152899" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp" name="Insert Column">Insert Column</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syinsert_column"> +<table id="tbl_id3149804"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3155174" src="cmd/sc_insertcolumns.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Column</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..016d55239 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table: Fixed</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149294" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151187"><link href="text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp" name="Table: Fixed">Table: Fixed</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3156385"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodefix.png" id="img_id3155903" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155903">Icon Table: Fixed</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US">Table: Fixed</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9feda413c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204230000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table: Fixed, Proportional</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFixProp" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154505" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147169"><link href="text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp" name="Table: Fixed, Proportional">Table: Fixed, Proportional</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145246" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFixProp" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to the line and/or column affect the entire table.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3149286"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145087" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodefixprop.png" id="img_id3156378" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156378">Icon Table: Fixed, Proportional</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149497" xml-lang="en-US">Table: Fixed, Proportional</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5165bbd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204240000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table: Variable</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeVariable" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145244" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154501"><link href="text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp" name="Table: Variable">Table: Variable</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeVariable" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect the size of the table.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3149294"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodevariable.png" id="img_id3156375" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156375">Icon Table: Variable</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">Table: Variable</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..657d6cdb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0204250000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Sum</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="sum"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoSum" id="bm_id4305427" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3143232" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp" name="Sum">Sum</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146899" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoSum">Activates the sum function. Note that the cursor must be in the cell where you want the sum to appear.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US"> +%PRODUCTNAME recognizes the cell range for the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must choose <menuitem>Table - Number Recognition</menuitem> to enable this feature.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Apply</emph> to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.</paragraph> +<section id="sysum"> +<table id="tbl_id3149286"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145418" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3147512" src="cmd/sc_autosum.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150750" xml-lang="en-US">Sum</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b2f5ac8d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">No List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + <section id="nolist"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveBullets" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147170" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3145822"><link href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp" name="Numbering Off">No List</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveBullets" visibility="visible">Removes numbering or bullets and list indenting for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="synolist"> + <table id="tbl_id3152892"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151177" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/lc_removebullets.png" id="img_id3145083" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145083">Icon No List</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">No List</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <tip id="par_id811614270889392">To preserve indenting, but remove bullet or number, place cursor at the beginning of the paragraph and press <keycode>Backspace</keycode>.</tip> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> + </section> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c5b8590 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Demote Outline Level with Subpoints</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="demote_one_level_with_subpoints"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DecrementSubLevels" id="bm_id3023636" localize="false"/> +<comment>i66535, was Shift down with Subpoints</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3145826" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp" name="Demote One Level With Subpoints">Demote Outline Level with Subpoints</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:DecrementSubLevels">Demotes the list of a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to the next list level.</ahelp> Multiple list paragraphs can be selected. Demotes the outline level of a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings to the next outline level. This command is active only when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or a chapter heading.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="sydemote_one_level_with_subpoints"> +<table id="tbl_id3151189"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145084" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3156376" src="cmd/sc_decrementsublevels.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3156376" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Demote Outline Level with Subpoints</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US">Demote Outline Level With Subpoints</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e36bc1df --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Promote Outline Level With Subpoints</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="promote_one_level_with_subpoints"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:IncrementSubLevels" id="bm_id1911337" localize="false"/> +<comment>i66535, was Shift up with Subpoints</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3154507" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp" name="Promote One Level With Subpoints">Promote Outline Level With Subpoints</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151189" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:IncrementSubLevels">Promotes the list level of a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to the next list level.</ahelp> Multiple list paragraphs can be selected. Promotes the outline level of a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings to the next outline level. This command is active only when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or chapter heading.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="sypromote_one_level_with_subpoints"> +<table id="tbl_id3151173"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145410" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3145421" src="cmd/sc_incrementsublevels.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3145421" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Promote Outline Level With Subpoints</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145417" xml-lang="en-US">Promote Outline Level With Subpoints</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f868b841a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206090000xml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Unnumbered Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="insert_unnumbered_entry"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertNeutralParagraph" id="bm_id4985287" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp" name="Insert Unnumbered Entry">Insert Unnumbered Entry</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertNeutralParagraph">Inserts a paragraph without numbering. The existing numbering will not be affected.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syinsert_unnumbered_entry"> +<table id="tbl_id3149292"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156377" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3156384" src="cmd/sc_insertneutralparagraph.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156384" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156381" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Unnumbered Entry</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de7ebfa42 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Move Item Up with Subpoints</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="move_up_with_subpoints"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveUpSubItems" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145241" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147174"><link href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp" name="Move Up with Subpoints">Move Item Up with Subpoints</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveUpSubItems" visibility="visible">Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to before the previous list paragraph with the same list level. Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings and text to before the previous heading at the same outline level.</ahelp> You can also select and move more than one list paragraph or chapter heading. This command is only active when the cursor is positioned within a list paragraph or chapter heading.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="symove_up_with_subpoints"> + <table id="tbl_id3151189"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_moveupsubitems.svg" id="img_id3156375" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156375">Icon Move Up with Subpoints</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">Move Item Up with Subpoints</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e61e7d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0206130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Move Item Down with Subpoints</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="move_down_with_subpoints"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveDownSubItems" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145244" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154501"><link href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp" name="Move Down with Subpoints">Move Item Down with Subpoints</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148770" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveDownSubItems" visibility="visible">Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to after the following list paragraph with the same list level. Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings and text to after the following heading at the same outline level.</ahelp> You can also select and move more than one list paragraph or chapter heading. This command is only active when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or chapter heading.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="symove_down_with_subpoints"> + <table id="tbl_id3149286"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145086" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_movedownsubitems.svg" id="img_id3156377" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156377">Icon Move Down with Subpoints</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">Move Item Down with Subpoints</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12be81f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0206140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Restart Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <section id="restart_numbering"> + <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NumberingStart" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154507" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3147171"><link href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp" name="Restart Numbering">Restart Numbering</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145249"><ahelp hid=".uno:NumberingStart" visibility="visible">Restarts list numbering from 1.</ahelp> This command is only active when the cursor is positioned within a list.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631616370838434">Choose <menuitem>Format - Lists - Restart Numbering</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31616370717930">Place cursor in a list paragraph, right-click and choose <menuitem>List - Restart Numbering</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id351616370727010">On <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="BulletsNumbering"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> bar, click</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="syrestart_numbering"> + <table id="tbl_id3152898"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145082"><image src="cmd/sc_numberingstart.png" id="img_id3145089" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3145089">Icon Restart Numbering</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145086">Restart Numbering</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id761616370463787">To remove the numbering restart, apply the command again in the paragraph where the numbering was restarted.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id261616371203225">To restart numbering with a number greater than 1, right-click in the paragraph where you want to restart numbering, choose <menuitem>Paragraph - Paragraph - </menuitem><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Numbering_link">Outline & List</link> tab, select <menuitem>Restart numbering at this paragraph</menuitem> and enter the start number in <menuitem>Start with</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0a9d407c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0208010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Number</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="pagenumber"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StatePageNumber" id="bm_id9389648" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Page Number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatePageNumber">The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A click opens "Go to Page", with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US">The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form <emph>Page x/y</emph> When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145417" xml-lang="en-US">You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the<emph> Page Number </emph>field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149806" xml-lang="en-US">To go to a specific page, enter the page number in the <emph>Page</emph> spin button in the Navigator and then press Enter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US">By pressing the shortcut keys Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, you switch to entering a page number. When you press Enter, the cursor moves to the selected page.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca88ca4c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0208080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Combined Display</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="combined_display"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusBarFunc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149292" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3151186" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp" name="Combined Display">Combined Display</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151172" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatusBarFunc" visibility="visible">Displays current information about the active document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156375" xml-lang="en-US">When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145416">When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f008fb0b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Zoom In</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="zoomin"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomPlus" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145083" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151173"><link href="text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp" name="Zoom In">Zoom In</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163866" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ZoomPlus" visibility="visible">Zooms in to get a close-up view of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syzoomin"> + <table id="tbl_id3145414"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_zoomin.svg" id="img_id3155895" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155895">Icon Zoom In</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">Zoom In</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8b65d691 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Zoom Out</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="zoomout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ZoomIn" id="bm_id3149053" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ZoomMinus" id="bm_id9029511" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3149870" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp" name="Zoom Out">Zoom Out</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147401" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Zooms out to see more of the document at a reduced size.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="syzoomout"> +<table id="tbl_id3147170"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150764" src="cmd/sc_zoomout.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3150764" xml-lang="en-US">Zoom Out Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">Zoom Out</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8714571a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Preview Zoom</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="previewzoom"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB" id="bm_id3154502" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp" name="Preview Zoom">Preview Zoom</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB">Determines the zoom level of the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2329c4e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="Single Page Preview" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Single Page Preview</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="singlepage"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowSinglePage" id="bm_id921649976571374" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id691649976425993"><link href="text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp" name="Single Page Preview">Single Page Preview</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801649977112401"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowSinglePage" visibility="visible">Displays one page at a time in the Print Preview window.</ahelp> </paragraph> +</section> +<section id="sysinglepage"> +<table id="tab_id231649976674083"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331649976674083"> +<image src="cmd/sc_showsinglepage.svg" id="img_id921649976674083" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id861649976674083">Single Page Preview Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id161649976674083" role="paragraph">Single Page Preview</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c3ddeac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210050000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Two Pages Preview</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="two_pages"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowTwoPages" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147170" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3145822"><link href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp" name="Two Pages Preview">Two Pages Preview</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowTwoPages" visibility="visible">Displays two pages in the Print Preview window.</ahelp> Uneven numbers will always appear on the right side, even numbers on the left.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="sytwo_pages"> + <table id="tbl_id3148774"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149292" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_showtwopages.png" id="img_id3151170" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3151170">Icon Two Pages Preview</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US">Two Pages Preview</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be7c44554 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Multiple Pages Preview</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="multiple_pages"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PreviewZoom" id="bm_id2536826" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/PreviewZoomDialog" id="bm_id3145243" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowMultiplePages" id="bm_id2980921" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp" name="Page Preview: Multiple Pages">Multiple Pages Preview</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:PreviewZoom">Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="symultiple_pages"> +<table id="tbl_id3151189"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152738" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3152744" src="cmd/sc_showmultiplepages.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3152744" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Multiple Pages Preview</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US">Multiple Pages Preview</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154573" xml-lang="en-US">After clicking the <menuitem>Multiple Pages Preview</menuitem> icon, move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id121649340192450">More Options</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149822" xml-lang="en-US">You can also choose settings by clicking <menuitem>More Options</menuitem> to open a new dialog, then use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/rows" id="bm_id3155183" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">Rows</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/rows">Defines the number of rows of pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/cols" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3143274" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/cols">Defines the number of pages shown in columns.</ahelp></paragraph> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d79ac485 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0210080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Book preview</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-05-26T10:57:09">UFI: new icon Spec doc "BookPreview"</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9658192"><bookmark_value>previews;book preview</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>book previews</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<section id="bookpreview"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowBookview" id="bm_id1197546" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="par_idN10548" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp">Book preview</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1054C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to display the first page on the right side in the print preview.</ahelp> If not selected, the first page is displayed on the left side of the preview.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="sybookpreview"> +<table id="tbl_id3151189"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10635" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id8750572" src="cmd/sc_showbookview.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id8750572" xml-lang="en-US">book preview icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10614" xml-lang="en-US">Book Preview</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c9d52f22 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0210090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Print page view</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="print_page_view"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PrintPagePreview" id="bm_id7311881" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152895" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp" name="Print page view">Print page view</link><comment>remove this page</comment></paragraph><comment>id="par_id3151170" <AVIS hid=".uno:PrintPagePreview">Opens the Print dialog to print the page preview. Use the Print options page view icon to set the printing scale and other printing properties.</AVIS></comment> +</section> + <section id="syprint_page_view"> + <table id="tbl_id3145414"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149811" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3154575" src="cmd/sc_printpagepreview.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154575">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154568" role="paragraph">Print page view</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58e43b704 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0214010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cell Reference</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="cell_reference"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143228" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp" name="Cell Reference">Cell Reference</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149052" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the position of the cell cursor in a table.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b72bb1d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0214020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formula</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="formula"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"> +<bookmark_value>formulas; in text documents</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>operators; in table formulas</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>statistical functions in tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>mathematical functions in tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>trigonometric functions in tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>pages;number of pages in table formulas</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>variables;document properties in table formulas</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>arithmetical operators in formulas</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CALC" id="bm_id3155175" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149687"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="Formula">Formula</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the<emph> Formula </emph>icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US">The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click <emph>Apply</emph> to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Fields"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogs.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621599564033048">With the cursor in a table, press <keycode>F2</keycode></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101599562003431">In the Table toolbar, press the <emph>Formula</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<section id="syformula"> +<table id="tbl_id3153634"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3155148" src="sw/res/sc20556.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3155148" xml-lang="en-US">Formula icon in Table toolbar</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US">Formula</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3150691">Summary of Formula Options</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3155858">Basic Calculation Functions</h3> +<table id="tbl_id3155870"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id221599495805480" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Operation</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id641599495805481" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id121599495851064" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US">Addition</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150563" localize="false">+</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149831" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the total.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149845" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> + 8</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156097" xml-lang="en-US">Subtraction</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150087" localize="false">-</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153122" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the difference</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153135" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 10 - <B5></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149646" xml-lang="en-US">Multiplication</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154038" xml-lang="en-US">MUL or *</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the product.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149603" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 7 MUL 9</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145096" xml-lang="en-US">Division</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149570" xml-lang="en-US">DIV or /</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149592" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the quotient</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156243" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 100 DIV 15</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<h3 id="hd_id3156260">Basic Functions in the Submenu</h3> +<table id="tbl_id3148926"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id121599495989098" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Function</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id901599495989100" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id501599496006870" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145185" xml-lang="en-US">Sum</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155312" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">SUM</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sum" id="bm_id3154400" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sum">Calculates the sum of the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154411" xml-lang="en-US">Example: SUM <A2:C2> displays the sum of the values in cells A2 to C2</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153381" xml-lang="en-US">Round</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145598" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">ROUND</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/round" id="bm_id3154851" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145621" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/round">Rounds a number to the specified decimal places.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154862" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 15.678 ROUND 2 displays 15.68</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148687" xml-lang="en-US">Percent</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155930" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">PHD</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/phd" id="bm_id3149981" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155953" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/phd">Calculates a percentage</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149991" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 10 + 15 PHD displays 10.15</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153016" xml-lang="en-US">Square Root</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153038" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">SQRT</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sqrt" id="bm_id3153074" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153062" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sqrt">Calculates the square root.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153882" xml-lang="en-US">Example: SQRT 25 displays 5.00</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153909" xml-lang="en-US">Power</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">POW</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/pow" id="bm_id3149779" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/pow">Calculates the power of a number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149789" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 2 POW 8 displays 256.00</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/operators" id="bm_id3150227" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150216">Operators</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can insert various operators in your formula.</ahelp> Choose from the following functions:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145218"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id61599496064739" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Operator</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611599496064740" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id461599496082741" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150316" xml-lang="en-US">List Separator</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150339" xml-lang="en-US">|</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/|" id="bm_id3153110" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/|">Separates the elements in a list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155817" xml-lang="en-US">Example of using a list:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155830" xml-lang="en-US">MIN 10|20|50|<C6>|<A2:B6>|20</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147012" xml-lang="en-US">Equal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147034" xml-lang="en-US">EQ or ==</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/eq" id="bm_id3150947" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/eq">Checks if selected values are equal.</ahelp> If they are unequal, the result is zero, otherwise 1 (true) appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150961" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> EQ 2 displays 1, if the content of A1 equals 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154370" xml-lang="en-US">Not Equal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US">NEQ or !=</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/neq" id="bm_id3150537" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150526" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/neq">Tests for inequality between selected values.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147524" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (wrong), if the content of A1 equals 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147553" xml-lang="en-US">Less than or Equal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153599" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">LEQ</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/leq" id="bm_id3151268" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153622" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/leq">Tests for values less than or equal to a specified value.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151280" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> LEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than or equal to 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153729" xml-lang="en-US">Greater than or Equal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153751" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">GEQ</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/geq" id="bm_id3148887" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148876" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/geq">Tests for values greater than or equal to a specified value</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148898" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> GEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than or equal to 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150836" xml-lang="en-US">Less</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150859" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">L</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/l" id="bm_id3155422" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155411" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/l">Tests for values less than a specified value</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155433" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> L 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150720" xml-lang="en-US">Greater</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150743" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">G</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/g" id="bm_id3147322" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/g">Tests for values greater than a specified value</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147333" xml-lang="en-US">Example: <A1> G 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than 2.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148408" xml-lang="en-US">Boolean Or</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148430" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">OR</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/or" id="bm_id3150286" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150274" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/or">Tests for values matching the Boolean OR</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150297" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 0 OR 0 displays 0 (false), anything else results in 1 (true)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149434" xml-lang="en-US">Boolean X Or</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149457" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">XOR</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/xor" id="bm_id3146992" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146980" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/xor">Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147003" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 1 XOR 0 displays 1 (true)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152925" xml-lang="en-US">Boolean And</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">AND</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/and" id="bm_id3153803" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153792" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/and">Tests for values matching the Boolean AND</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153814" xml-lang="en-US">Example: 1 AND 2 displays 1 (true)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153938" xml-lang="en-US">Boolean Not</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153961" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">NOT</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/not" id="bm_id3148644" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148633" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/not">Tests for values matching the Boolean NOT</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148655" xml-lang="en-US">Example: NOT 1 (true) displays 0 (false)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/statistics" id="bm_id3154251" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154240">Statistical Functions</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can choose from the following statistical functions:</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3154282"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id541599496194035" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Function</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id481599496194036" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id331599524563749" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153176" xml-lang="en-US">Mean</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154053" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">MEAN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/mean" id="bm_id3154087" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154076" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/mean">Calculates the arithmetic mean of the values in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145625" xml-lang="en-US">Example: MEAN 10|30|20 displays 20</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145652" xml-lang="en-US">Minimum Value</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155258" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">MIN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/min" id="bm_id3155292" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/min">Calculates the minimum value in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155304" xml-lang="en-US">Example: MIN 10|30|20 displays 10</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153993" xml-lang="en-US">Maximum Value</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154016" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">MAX</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/max" id="bm_id3154737" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154726" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/max">Calculates the maximum value in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154748" xml-lang="en-US">Example: MAX 10|30|20 displays 30.00</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id21599557699262" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Product</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id141599557699263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">PRODUCT</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id671599563830630">Calculates the product of the selected cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id631599557734781" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Example: PRODUCT <A2:C2> displays the product of the values in cells A2 to C2</paragraph> + </tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id31599557699262" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Count</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id341599557699263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">COUNT</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id331599557734781" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Counts the number of non empty cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id141599563739504">Example: COUNT <A2:C2> displays the number of non empty cells in A2 to C2.</paragraph> + </tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/functions" id="bm_id3153211" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153200">Functions</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153226" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can choose from the following functions:</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145120"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id341599524600306" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Function</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id521599524600307" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id831599524616362" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145156" xml-lang="en-US">Sine</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149507" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">SIN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sin" id="bm_id3149541" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/sin">Calculates the sine in radians</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153312" xml-lang="en-US">Example: SIN (PI/2)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153340" xml-lang="en-US">Cosine</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">COS</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/cos" id="bm_id3154544" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154533" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/cos">Calculates the cosine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US">Example: COS 1</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150989" xml-lang="en-US">Tangent</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151012" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">TAN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/tag" id="bm_id3149380" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149369" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/tag">Calculates the tangent in radians.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149391" xml-lang="en-US">Example: TAN <A1></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151032" xml-lang="en-US">Arc Sine</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151055" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">ASIN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/asin" id="bm_id3150577" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/asin">Calculates the arc sine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150588" xml-lang="en-US">Example: ASIN 1</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150615" xml-lang="en-US">Arc Cosine</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149728" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">ACOS</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/acos" id="bm_id3153822" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/acos">Calculates the arc cosine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153833" xml-lang="en-US">Example: ACOS 1</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153860" xml-lang="en-US">Arc Tangent</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147057" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">ATAN</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/atan" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147080" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputwinmenu/atan">Calculates the arc tangent in radians.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147102" xml-lang="en-US">Example: ATAN 1</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id591599557967519" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Absolute value</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811599557967520" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">ABS</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id211593557987787" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Returns the absolute value of the number.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301599563956612">Example: ABS -34 returns 34</paragraph> + </tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id591599557963519" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Sign</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811596557967520" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">SIGN</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id211599557987787" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" >Returns the algebraic sign of the number.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id941599563922458">Example: SIGN -23 returns -1</paragraph> + </tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<h3 id="hd_id3150888">Variables for document properties</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150161" xml-lang="en-US">The following document properties are also found under <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3157507"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id901599524662588" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id741599524662589" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Description</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157538" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">CHAR</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US">Number of characters in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152982" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">WORD</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153005" xml-lang="en-US">Number of words in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152715" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">PARA</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152738" xml-lang="en-US">Number of paragraphs in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148453" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">GRAPH</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148476" xml-lang="en-US">Number of graphics in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151091" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">TABLES</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151114" xml-lang="en-US">Number of tables in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151198" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">OLE</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151220" xml-lang="en-US">Number of OLE objects in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146903" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">PAGE</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146926" xml-lang="en-US">Total number of pages in the document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<h3 id="hd_id3146944">More Defined Values</h3> +<table id="tbl_id3146957"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id981599524696609" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Description</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id101599524696610" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id731599524730168" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US" >Value</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153562" xml-lang="en-US">PI</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147343" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">PI</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147366" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">3.1415...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147393" xml-lang="en-US">Euler's constant</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147462" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">E</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147485" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">2.71828...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145332" xml-lang="en-US">True</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145355" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">TRUE</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145378" xml-lang="en-US">not equal to 0</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150362" xml-lang="en-US">False</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150385" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">FALSE</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149304" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">0</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57e93e26d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0214030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cancel</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="cancel"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CANCEL" id="bm_id3149968" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149957" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp" name="Cancel">Cancel</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149602" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="sycancel"> +<table id="tbl_id3145093"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149574" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149580" src="sw/res/sc20557.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149580" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US">Cancel</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d0c050b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0214040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Apply</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="apply"> + <bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_APPLY" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145827" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3154834"><link href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp" name="Apply">Apply</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147173" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="syapply"> + <table id="tbl_id3148573"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png" id="img_id3149291" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149291">Icon Apply</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80ad856e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0214050000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formula Area</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="formula_area"> + <bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_FORMULA" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145829" localize="false"/><paragraph id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp" name="Formula Area">Formula Area</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154501" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulas in submenu.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="syformula_area"> + <table id="tbl_id3151188"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="media/helpimg/rechenlt.png" id="img_id3156377" localize="true"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156377">Formula area with formula</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Formula Area</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a86d2d8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="insert"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCtrl" id="bm_id5996419" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145824" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp" name="Insert">Insert</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US">You can select the following functions:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp" name="Insert Table">Table</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#tabelletext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150115" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert Section">Section</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_section"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp" name="Insert Frame Manually">Insert Frame Manually</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#syrahmentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151341" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp" name="Floating Frame">Floating Frame</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp#frameeinfuegentext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148974" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote Directly">Insert Footnote Directly</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#fussnoteein"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_footnote"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Endnote Directly">Insert Endnote Directly</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#endnotetext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_endnote"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10777" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp">Note</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10863" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a note at the current cursor position.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Bookmark">Bookmark</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#textmarkeein"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_bookmark"/><comment>UFI: "insert cross reference" here</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp" name="Insert Document">File</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_text_from_file"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="AutoText">AutoText</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#autotexttext"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145780" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special Character">Special Character</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#sonder"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syspecial_char"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10759" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Insert Fields</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077E" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a field at the current cursor position. </paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_more_fields"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10768" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Controls</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107ED" xml-lang="en-US">The Controls icon opens a toolbar with the tools that you need to create an interactive form.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#syform_controls"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="From File">From File</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#grafiktext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syimage"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp#moviesound"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#symoviesound"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106F4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp" name="Insert Formula">Formula</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp#starmath"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarmath"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10769" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp" name="Insert Chart">Chart</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarchart"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1586962" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp" name="OLE Object">OLE Object</link></paragraph><comment>UFI: this may be called "Insert Object" in UI, but is not the removed "Insert Object" bar</comment><embed href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp#ole"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syole"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1076D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp">Insert Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10814" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Marker">Entry</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#eintrag"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_index_entry"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..098f74f4c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id3149876" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153916" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp" name="Insert Fields">Insert Fields</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.<comment>UFI: changed to fix #i20539#</comment></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_more_fields"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose from the following functions:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#date"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#time"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#page_count"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#subject"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#author"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148566" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Other">Other</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be060bd17 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Date</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="date"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertDateField" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp" name="Date">Date</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147511" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertDateField">Inserts the current date as a field.</ahelp> The default date format is used, and the date is not automatically updated.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehldatum"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US">If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d83c0635 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Time</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="time"> + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147174"><bookmark_value>time fields;inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;inserting time</bookmark_value></bookmark> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTimeField" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145243" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3147174" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp" name="Time">Time</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152896" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTimeField" visibility="visible">Inserts the current time as a field.</ahelp> The time is taken directly from the system settings of your operating system. A fixed time format is applied, which cannot be updated by using the F9 function key.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehluhrzeit"/> +</section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3151177">To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5523ec75 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0218030300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Number</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="page_number"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageNumberField" id="bm_id2050004" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147173" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp" name="Page Number">Page Number</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150760" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position.</ahelp> The default setting is for it to use the <emph>Page Number</emph> character style.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlseitennummer"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3151175" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Number</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..355896c11 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Count</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="page_count"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageCountField" id="bm_id3154501" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3145828" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp" name="Page Count">Page Count</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageCountField">Inserts as a field the total number of pages in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#pagecount_field"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Count</emph> command can be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Field"><menuitem>Edit - Fields</menuitem></link> command.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id291613751393995"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp" name="Document">Document Statistics Fields</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39399a34 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="subject"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147169"><bookmark_value>subject fields</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>fields; subject</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTopicField" id="bm_id8788897" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147169" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp" name="Subject">Subject</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTopicField">Inserts the subject specified in the document properties as a field .</ahelp> This field displays the data entered in the <emph>Subject</emph> field under <emph>File - Properties - Description</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlthema"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156380" xml-lang="en-US">If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fa4ed853 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030600xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Title</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="title"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTitleField" id="bm_id3153913" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154484" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp" name="Title">Title</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151392" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTitleField">Inserts the title specified in the document properties as a field.</ahelp> This field displays the data entered in the <emph>Title</emph> field under <emph>File - Properties - Description</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehltitel"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US">If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0e6b4258 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218030700xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">First Author (field)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="author"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthorField" id="bm_id3154838" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp" name="Author">First Author (field)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152896" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field.</ahelp> The field applies the entry made under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User data"><emph>$[officename] - User data</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlautor"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84a1651cf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0218120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Images and Charts</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Graphic" id="bm_id1021216" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3148568"><link href="text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp" name="Images and Charts">Images and Charts</link></h1> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147167"> + <bookmark_value>graphics;do not show</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>images;do not show</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures;do not show</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<paragraph id="par_id3147167" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Graphic">If the <emph>Images and Charts</emph> icon on the <emph>Tools</emph> bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3151180"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151177" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3156379" src="cmd/sc_graphic.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156379">Icon Images and Charts</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154107" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Images and Charts</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46ef9a6fd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0218130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Direct Cursor Mode</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147167"><bookmark_value>direct cursor; restriction</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShadowCursor" id="bm_id3154504" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147167"><link href="text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp" name="Direct Cursor Mode">Direct Cursor Mode</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152896" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShadowCursor">Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.</ahelp> You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#direct_cursor"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151133" xml-lang="en-US">On Tools bar, click</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151173" name="tbl_id3151173"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154840" src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3154840" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Toggle Direct Cursor Mode</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Direct Cursor Mode</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US">The direct cursor allows you to click in any blank area of a page to place text, images, tables, frames, and other objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US">If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centered. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id3151255">The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, then disable the AutoCorrect tool.</warning> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">The direct cursor sets tabs to position the cursor. If you change the tabs later. the position of the text on the page may change as well.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e8d3d5a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0219010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Header</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="header"> +<!-- removed HID FN_INSERT_HEADER --> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148769" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp" name="Insert Header">Insert Header</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="FN_INSERT_HEADER">Displays the header of an HTML document if headers are enabled on the <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp" name="Format - Page - Header"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link> tab page.</ahelp><comment>help text still visible in Customize - Toolbars, so do not remove</comment></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f93daa84a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0219020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Footer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="footer"> +<!-- removed HID FN_INSERT_FOOTER --> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp" name="Insert Footer">Insert Footer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="FN_INSERT_FOOTER">Displays the footer of an HTML document if footers are enabled on the <link href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp" name="Format - Page - Footer"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link> tab page.</ahelp><comment>help text still visible in Customize - Toolbars, so do not remove</comment><comment>name is wrong, see bug #105568#</comment></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97b4e93df --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0219030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="insert"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp" name="Insert">Insert</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar with various functions for inserting graphics, tables, documents, and special characters. </paragraph> +</section> +<table id="tbl_id3150761"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151178" src="cmd/sc_grid.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US">You can select the following functions:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149689" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp" name="Insert single-column frame manually">Insert single-column frame manually</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#syrahmentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143278" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="From File">From File</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#grafiktext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syimage"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp" name="Insert Table">Insert Table</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#tabelletext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151259" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp" name="Insert Document">Insert Document</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_text_from_file"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153643" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Insert Special Character">Insert Special Character</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#sonder"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syspecial_char"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert Section">Insert Section</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_section"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#textmarkeein"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_bookmark"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34b79493f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0219040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp" name="Insert Fields">Insert Fields</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151173" xml-lang="en-US">Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154104" xml-lang="en-US">You can select the following functions:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#date"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#time"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#page_count"/><comment>UFI added two lines, see #i60664</comment><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#subject"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#author"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Other">Other</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5333208fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0219050000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Text Animation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="text_animation"> + <h1 id="hd_id3155626"><link href="text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp" name="Text Animation">Text Animation</link></h1> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#lauftext"/> + </section> + <section id="sytext_animation"> + <table id="tbl_id3148768"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="cmd/sc_text_marquee.png" id="img_id3149292" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149292">Icon Text Animation</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149290" xml-lang="en-US">Text Animation</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + </section> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9343a6222 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter02Add_to_List" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Add to List</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="add_to_list"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id1001616018043189"> +<bookmark_value>Add to List</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Lists;merging</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id711614068729277"><variable id="addtolisth1"><link href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp" name="Add to List">Add to List</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id231614069215429">Include selected paragraphs, whether a list item or not, as part of a list.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id151614079148636"><variable id="howtogetaddtolist">Choose <menuitem>Format - Lists - Add to List</menuitem></variable>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631614079159620">Right-click a paragraph, choose <menuitem>List - Add to List</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id151615752168785"><variable id="toolbar">On <menuitem>Bullets and Numbering</menuitem> bar, click <emph>Add to List</emph> icon.</variable></paragraph> +<section id="add_to_list_icon"> +<table id="tab_id491615752040364"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id651615752040364"><image src="cmd/lc_continuenumbering.png" id="img_id981615752040364" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id761615752040364">Add to List Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id51615752040365" role="paragraph">Add to List</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711616001147778">The list labeling and indent formatting are applied to the selected paragraphs. The position of the paragraphs in the document does not change.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id441616017998739">Add Consecutive List Entries to an Immediately Prior List</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id631616018294373" role="listitem">Select one or more consecutive list entries, starting from the first entry, that you want to add to the immediately prior list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id621616018340980" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp#rightclick"/></paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<tip id="par_id811616018796902">Use this procedure to combine two lists.</tip> + +<h2 id="hd_id851614072896370">Add Selected Paragraphs to a List</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id491615988072533" role="listitem">Select paragraphs, whether in a list or not, to be added to a list.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id271615998908234">For multiple selections, press and hold the <keycode> Ctrl</keycode> key after the first selection. Only one character needs to be selected in each paragraph to be added. The <keycode>Ctrl</keycode> key can be released without losing the selections, but must be pressed whenever clicking in the document to preserve the selection.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id551615985719902" role="listitem">Press and hold the <keycode>Ctrl</keycode> key, select at least one character in the list, then release the <keycode> Ctrl</keycode> key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id901615999151001" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id141615979735757"><embedvar href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp#howtogetaddtolist"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id961614073544958" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp#toolbar"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id161615999749854" role="listitem"><variable id="rightclick">Right-click anywhere in highlighted selection, choose <menuitem>List - Add to List</menuitem>.</variable></paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<note id="par_id861614074931979">This procedure works for ordered and unordered lists.</note> + +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26a68d647 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- +/* + * Copyright 2012 LibreOffice contributors. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + *--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter_word_count_stb" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="title" xml-lang="en-US">Word Count Status Bar Field</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2012-05-25T18:43:00">Muhammad Haggag.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="section"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StateWordCount" id="bm_word_count" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="page_heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp" name="Word Count Status Bar Field">Word Count Status Bar Field</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp" name="Word Count">word count dialog</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed745db06 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0401020000xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="shortcutkeys"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145763"><bookmark_value>shortcut keys; in text documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text documents; shortcut keys in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145763"><variable id="text_keys"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer">Shortcut Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150491" role="paragraph">You can use shortcut keys to quickly perform common tasks in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>. This section lists the default shortcut keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145081" role="paragraph">You can also use the <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp" name="general shortcut keys in %PRODUCTNAME">general shortcut keys in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link>.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149800">Function Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</h2> + <table id=""> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10663" role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10668" role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149486" role="tablecontent">F2</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143274" role="tablecontent">Formula Bar</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149821" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F2</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145774" role="tablecontent">Insert Fields</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155912" role="tablecontent">F3</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="tablecontent">Complete AutoText</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147411" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155060" role="tablecontent">Edit AutoText</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150097" role="tablecontent">Shift+F4</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153400" role="tablecontent">Select next frame<comment>UFI: see spec "OpenDocumentBehavior"</comment></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149839" role="tablecontent">Ctrl+Shift+F4</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148847" role="tablecontent">Open Data Source View</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156096" role="tablecontent">F5</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156110" role="tablecontent">Navigator on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id451547122572675" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Shift+F5</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191547122572675" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Moves the cursor to the position that it had when the document was last saved before it was last closed.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153118" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F5</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149628" role="tablecontent">Navigator on, go to page number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149647" role="tablecontent">F7</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149957" role="tablecontent">Spelling</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149601" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149850" role="tablecontent">Thesaurus</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149869" role="tablecontent">F8</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145096" role="tablecontent">Extension mode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145116" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F8</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149593" role="tablecontent">Field shadings on / off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156250" role="tablecontent">Shift+F8</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156264" role="tablecontent">Additional selection mode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7121494" role="tablecontent">Ctrl+Shift+F8</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9048432" role="tablecontent">Block selection mode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145408" role="tablecontent">F9</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155306" role="tablecontent">Update fields</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155324" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154404" role="tablecontent">Show fields</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154423" role="tablecontent">Shift+F9</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153375" role="tablecontent">Calculate Table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153394" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F9</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154865" role="tablecontent">Update Input Fields and Input Lists<comment>UFI: fixes #i30104#</comment></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155883" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F10</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148674" role="tablecontent">Nonprinting Characters on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148693" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149978" role="tablecontent">Styles window on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149997" role="tablecontent">Shift+F11</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155926" role="tablecontent">Create Style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0905200802191980" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F11</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0905200802192020" role="tablecontent">Sets focus to Apply Style box<comment>i81468</comment></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155945" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F11</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153020" role="tablecontent">Update Style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153039" role="tablecontent">F12</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148959" role="tablecontent">Toggle Ordered List</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148979" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F12</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153650" role="tablecontent">Insert or edit Table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152749" role="tablecontent">Shift+F12</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152763" role="tablecontent">Toggle Unordered List</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153876" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F12</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153901" role="tablecontent">Ordered / Unordered List off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147109">Shortcut Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</h2> + <table id=""> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACE" role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD3" role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149785" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150220" role="tablecontent">Select All</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150239" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+J</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145219" role="tablecontent">Justify</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145238" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+D</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150325" role="tablecontent">Double Underline</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148578" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+E</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148604" role="tablecontent">Centered</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147016" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+H</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147041" role="tablecontent">Find and Replace</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150940" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="tablecontent">Superscript</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154363" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+L</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154389" role="tablecontent">Align Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150519" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+R</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147519" role="tablecontent">Align Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147538" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153587" role="tablecontent">Subscript</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153606" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Z</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Y</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151268" role="tablecontent">Redo last action</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D39" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+0 (zero)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D64" role="tablecontent">Apply Text Body paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151287" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+1</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153731" role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 1 paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153751" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+2</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150831" role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 2 paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DF8" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+3</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10E23" role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 3 paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1550DF8" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+4</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN5510E23" role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 4 paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150849" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+5</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146860" role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 5 paragraph style</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Plus Key(+)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155403" role="tablecontent">Calculates the selected text and copies the result to the clipboard.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155432" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150712" role="tablecontent">Soft hyphens; hyphenation set by you.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150732" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+minus sign (-)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148394" role="tablecontent">Non-breaking hyphen (is not used for hyphenation)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148414" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+multiplication sign * (only on number pad)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147302" role="tablecontent">Run macro field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147321" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Space</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150260" role="tablecontent">Non-breaking spaces. Non-breaking spaces are not used for hyphenation and are not expanded if the text is justified.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150281" role="tablecontent">Shift+Enter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150294" role="tablecontent">Line break without paragraph change</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149422" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149447" role="tablecontent">Manual page break</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146967" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146993" role="tablecontent">Column break in multicolumnar texts</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152906" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152932" role="tablecontent">Inserting a new paragraph without numbering inside a list. Does not work when the cursor is at the end of the list.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153772" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153798" role="tablecontent">Insert a new paragraph directly before or after a section or table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9535524" role="tablecontent">For sections, the cursor must be placed at the first or last character. For tables, the cursor must be placed at the first character of the first cell or the last character of the last cell.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153818" role="tablecontent">Arrow Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153930" role="tablecontent">Move cursor to left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153949" role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153963" role="tablecontent">Move cursor with selection to the left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148631" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148656" role="tablecontent">Go to beginning of word</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154244" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154270" role="tablecontent">Selecting to the left word by word</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153147" role="tablecontent">Arrow Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153161" role="tablecontent">Move cursor to right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153180" role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154048" role="tablecontent">Move cursor with selection to the right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154067" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154093" role="tablecontent">Go to start of next word</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155272" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155298" role="tablecontent">Selecting to the right word by word</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154718" role="tablecontent">Arrow Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154731" role="tablecontent">Move cursor up one line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154750" role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153199" role="tablecontent">Selecting lines in an upwards direction</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6452528" role="tablecontent">Ctrl+Arrow Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1764275" role="tablecontent">Move cursor to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke moves cursor to beginning of previous paragraph</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id778527" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1797235" role="tablecontent">Select to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to beginning of previous paragraph</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153218" role="tablecontent">Arrow Down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153232" role="tablecontent">Move cursor down one line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153317" role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153331" role="tablecontent">Selecting lines in a downward direction</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id578936" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6164433" role="tablecontent">Move cursor to beginning of next paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7405011" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3729361" role="tablecontent">Select to end of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to end of next paragraph</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153351" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Left +</caseinline><defaultinline>Home</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154512" role="tablecontent">Go to beginning of line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154531" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Left +</caseinline><defaultinline>Home</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154544" role="tablecontent">Go and select to the beginning of a line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150972" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Right +</caseinline><defaultinline>End</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150986" role="tablecontent">Go to end of line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151005" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Right +</caseinline><defaultinline>End</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151019" role="tablecontent">Go and select to end of line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149371" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Up +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Home</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149396" role="tablecontent">Go to start of document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151030" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Up +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Home</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151055" role="tablecontent">Go and select text to start of document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151075" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Down +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+End</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149732" role="tablecontent">Go to end of document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149750" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Down +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+End</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147064" role="tablecontent">Go and select text to end of document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147083" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PageUp</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153826" role="tablecontent">Switch cursor between text and header</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153846" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PageDown</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153872" role="tablecontent">Switch cursor between text and footer</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150889" role="tablecontent">Insert</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150903" role="tablecontent">Insert mode on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150922" role="tablecontent">PageUp</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157513" role="tablecontent">Screen page up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3157532" role="tablecontent">Shift+PageUp</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157546" role="tablecontent">Move up screen page with selection</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152957" role="tablecontent">PageDown</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152970" role="tablecontent">Move down screen page</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152990" role="tablecontent">Shift+PageDown</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153004" role="tablecontent">Move down screen page with selection</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148448" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Fn+Backspace +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Del</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148474" role="tablecontent">Delete text to end of word</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151080" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Backspace</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151106" role="tablecontent">Delete text to beginning of word</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9959715" role="tablecontent">In a list: delete an empty paragraph in front of the current paragraph</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151124" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Fn+Backspace +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Del</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146919" role="tablecontent">Delete text to end of sentence</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146937" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Backspace</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153532" role="tablecontent">Delete text to beginning of sentence</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153551" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153577" role="tablecontent">Next suggestion with <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp" name="Automatic Word Completion">Automatic Word Completion</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147360" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147386" role="tablecontent">Use previous suggestion with <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp" name="Automatic Word Completion">Automatic Word Completion</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144447360" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144447386" role="tablecontent">Paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145382" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + double-click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F10</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150379" role="tablecontent">Use this combination to quickly dock or undock the Navigator, Styles window, or other windows</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150396"><bookmark_value>headings; switching levels by keyboard</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs; moving by keyboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150396">Shortcut Keys for Paragraphs, List Paragraphs and Heading Levels</h2> + <table id="tab_id861655380161761"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN11694" role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN11699" role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153679" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow<comment>UFI: see sw-features "Ctrl + Up/Down accelerators added to move paragraphs". See now also i31697</comment></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153693" role="tablecontent">Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs up one paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153712" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154639" role="tablecontent">Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs down one paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154658" role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154672" role="tablecontent"><variable id="beginning">With the cursor positioned in front of a heading or list paragraph:</variable> The heading in format "Heading X" (X = 1-9) is moved down one level in the outline. For list paragraphs, the list level is moved down one level.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154695" role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155346" role="tablecontent"><embedvar href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#beginning"/> The heading in format "Heading X" (X = 2-10) is moved up one level in the outline. For list paragraphs, the list level is moved up one level.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155369" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155395"><bookmark_value>tab stops; before headings</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headings; starting with tab stops</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155395" role="tablecontent">With the cursor placed anywhere in a heading or list paragraph: Increases the alignment for all headings. For list paragraphs, increases the alignment for all paragraphs in the same list.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id491655382453027" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id71655381890029" role="tablecontent">With the cursor placed anywhere in a heading or list paragraph: Decreases the alignment for all headings. For list paragraphs, decreases the alignment for all paragraphs in the same list.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <note id="par_id491655382900210">To insert a tab at the beginning of a heading or list paragraph, use the <menuitem>Numbering followed by</menuitem> option in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position"><menuitem>Position</menuitem></link> tab in the <menuitem>Chapter Numbering</menuitem> or <menuitem>Bullets and Numbering</menuitem> dialog. Alternatively, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning.</note> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149180">Shortcut Keys for Tables in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</h2> + <table id=""> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155978" role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155991" role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156014" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156048" role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: selects the whole table. Otherwise: selects the contents of the active cell. Pressing again selects the entire table.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156069" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to beginning of the active cell, second press goes to beginning of the current table, third press goes to beginning of document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154308" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+End</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154334" role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: goes to the end of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to the end of the active cell, second press goes to the end of the current table, third press goes to the end of the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153255" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153281" role="tablecontent">Inserts a tab stop (only in tables). Depending on the Window Manager in use, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab may be used instead.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154905" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154931" role="tablecontent">Increases/decreases the size of the column/row on the right/bottom cell edge<comment>UFI: deleted two rows, see i31697</comment></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154951" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="tablecontent">Increase/decrease the size of the column/row on the left/top cell edge</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150793" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150818" role="tablecontent">Like <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, but only the active cell is modified</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154451" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154477" role="tablecontent">Like <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, but only the active cell is modified</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155593"><bookmark_value>removing; cell protection in text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155593" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147474" role="tablecontent">Removes cell protection from all selected tables. If no table is selected, then cell protection is removed from all of the tables in the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147496" role="tablecontent">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149504" role="tablecontent">If no whole cell is selected, the text from the cursor to the end of the current sentence is deleted. If the cursor is at the end of a cell, and no whole cell is selected, the contents of the next cell are deleted. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8539384" role="tablecontent">If no whole cell is selected and the cursor is at the end of the table, the paragraph following the table will be deleted, unless it is the last paragraph in the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5891903" role="tablecontent">If one or more cells are selected, the whole rows containing the selection will be deleted. If all rows are selected completely or partially, the entire table will be deleted.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149537">Shortcut Keys for Moving and Resizing Frames, Graphics and Objects</h2> + <table id=""> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149565" role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148993" role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149010" role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149024" role="tablecontent">Cursor is inside a frame and no text is selected: Escape selects the frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149039" role="tablecontent">Frame is selected: Escape clears the cursor from the frame.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149054" role="tablecontent">F2 or Enter or any key that produces a character on screen</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149890" role="tablecontent">If a frame is selected: positions the cursor to the end of the text in the frame. If you press any key that produces a character on screen, and the document is in edit mode, the character is appended to the text.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149913" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149939" role="tablecontent">Move object.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151200" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151226" role="tablecontent">Resizes by moving lower right corner.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151246" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150115" role="tablecontent">Resizes by moving top left corner.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150129" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150154" role="tablecontent">Selects the anchor of an object (in Edit Points mode).</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bf0970ae --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideanchor_objectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Positioning Objects</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147828"> + <bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<h1 id="hd_id3147828" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="anchor_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp" name="Positioning Objects">Positioning Objects</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id181634295881266" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">An object, such as an image or frame, is positioned within a document using an anchor attached to another element.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id41634291500513" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">An anchor determines the reference point for an object. The reference point could be the page or frame where the object is, a paragraph, or even a character. An object always has an anchor.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">An anchor moves with the element it is attached to as the document is edited. An object retains its position relative to the reference point determined by its anchor, such that, whenever the reference point moves or changes, the object moves relative to it.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id441634291545244" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following anchoring options are available:</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3147268"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145599" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Anchoring</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145622" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Effect</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145650" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">As character</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151181" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Anchors the selected object as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected object is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the object is increased.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN10674" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then center the paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151212" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">To character</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151235" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Anchors the selected object to the paragraph that contains the character to which the anchor is attached. The reference point for the object is the start of the paragraph that contains the character.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id261634292505179" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you split the paragraph at a point before the anchor, the reference point moves to the start of the new paragraph and the object moves relative to that point. If you join the paragraph to the one before it, the reference point moves to the start of the combined paragraph and the object moves to a position relative to that.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155071" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">To paragraph</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155094" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Anchors the selected object to the current paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155122" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">To page</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155144" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Anchors the selected object to the current page.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145674" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">To frame</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145697" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Anchors the selected object to the surrounding frame.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<note id="par_id371654784167792"> Objects can only be positioned on the page where their anchor is located.</note> +<section id="anchor_moving"> +<h2 id="hd_id341653868751593">Moving an Anchor</h2> +<section id="anchor_moving_text"> +<paragraph id="par_id3145715" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert a shape, textbox, OLE object, image, or frame in your document, an anchor icon appears where the object is anchored. You can move an anchor or, keeping other object constraints in mind, position an object relative to the anchor's reference point by dragging the object. </paragraph> +</section> +</section> +<section id="anchor_changing"> +<h2 id="hd_id841653869348328">Changing an Anchor</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711653869372168">To change the anchoring options of an object, right-click the object, and then choose an option from the <link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp" name="Anchor submenu link"><menuitem>Anchor</menuitem></link> submenu.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..839cf20b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidearrange_chaptersxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149973"> +<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149973"><variable id="arrange_chapters"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp" name="Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147795" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3145652">To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</tip> +<paragraph id="par_id3155461" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3151184">To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document</h3> +<warning id="par_id0915200809400790">Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown.</warning> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151206" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id="img_id5211883" src="cmd/sc_navigator.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5211883">Icon navigator</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151238" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content Navigation View</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156338" src="sw/res/sc20244.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156338">Icon Content Navigation View</alt></image>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155089" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" format="i"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155114" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155139" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id="img_id4217546" src="sw/res/sc20174.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4217546">Icon promote</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id="img_id6505788" src="sw/res/sc20171.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id6505788">Icon demote</alt></image>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<note id="par_id3145758">To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons.</note> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155402">To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading</h3> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155424" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1081C" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id="img_id5564488" src="sw/res/sc20172.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5564488">Icon promote level</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id="img_id3159363" src="sw/res/sc20173.svg" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3159363">Icon demote level</alt></image>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155525">To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3151352" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id="img_id3151310" src="sw/res/sc20236.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3151310">Icon heading levels</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2994782bc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideauto_numberingxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147407"><bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;"</comment><comment>mw deleted "automatic bullets" and changed "automatic numbering;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp" name="Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152830" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152867" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147794" role="listitem">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147814" role="listitem">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147287" role="note">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#promotedemote"/> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154083" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Numbering/Bullets">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d2dbd163 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideauto_offxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Turning Off AutoCorrect </title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154250"><bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" localize="false"/> + <h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147812"><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp" name="Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1081B" role="listitem">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10846" role="listitem">To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147251">To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145596" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145620" role="listitem">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145645" role="listitem">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145668">To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" id="par_id3151196" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151220" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem">Clear the "Replace" check box(es).</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155076">To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" id="par_id3155099" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155123" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155401">To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155415" role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" id="par_id3155439" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155463" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155488" role="listitem">Clear the "Apply border" check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48ceed5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideauto_spellcheckxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Automatically Check Spelling</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154265"><bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "text;"</comment> +<section id="autospellcheckHead"> + <h1 id="hd_id3154265"><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp" name="Automatically Check Spelling">Automatic Check Spelling</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154664" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME can automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelled words with a red wavy line.</paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3154678">To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155531" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155569" role="listitem">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147759" role="paragraph">If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147819" role="paragraph">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147220">To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147263" role="listitem">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147282" role="listitem">Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145602" role="listitem">Choose "None (Do not check spelling)".</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145648" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Creating a new dictionary.">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdc39d041 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideautocorr_exceptxml" indexer="exclude"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152887"><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW added "capital letters;..."</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152887" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp" name="Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154254" role="paragraph">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155576" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Exceptions</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147762" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147786" role="listitem">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="listitem">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144875" role="tip">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..352daf5be --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideautotextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using AutoText</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155521"> + <bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertautotextdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertautotextdialog/InsertAutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3148685" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155521" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp" name="Using AutoText">Using AutoText</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150534" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155539" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create an AutoText Entry</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155560" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155581" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoText</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147761" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147779" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147807" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10732" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Close</emph> button.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147282" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert an AutoText Entry</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145597" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145615" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Tools - AutoText"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145644" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3145668" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155090" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type="literal">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type="literal">dt</item>, and then press F3.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155136" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155160" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select Application Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151277" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Main" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151304" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151327" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151355" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151390" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154960" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id3154995" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Tools - AutoText">Tools - AutoText</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155012" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp" name="Word Completion">Word Completion</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8b6b5675 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidebackgroundxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149346"><bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW transferred 4 index entries from shared/guide/background.xhp and added 3 new entries</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3149346"><variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link> +</variable></h1><comment>MW built this file from splitting shared/guide/background.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7355265" role="paragraph">You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147653">To Apply a Background To Text Characters</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem">Select the characters.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155390" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Format - Character</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Highlighting</emph> tab, select the background color.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3153541">To Apply a Background To a Paragraph</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145119" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem">On the <emph>Area</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <tip id="par_id0104201010554939">To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object.</tip> + <h2 id="hd_id3149294">To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154346" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table in your text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148664" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Table - Properties</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154938" role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156280" role="listitem">In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <tip id="hd_id3151041">You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts.</tip> + <tip id="par_id3150767">To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and use the <emph>Table Cell Background Color</emph> button dropdown on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar.</tip> + <tip id="par_id3147084">To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph and then use the <emph>Background Color</emph> dropdown button on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</tip> + <section id="relatedtopics"> +<switch select="appl"> +<case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/> +</case> +</switch> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Character Highlighting Color icon</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background tab page">Background tab page</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4922025" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Watermarks</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id478530" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d536fa3c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- +* This file is part of the LibreOffice project. +* +* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +* +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideborder_characterxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Characters</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"> +<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3116136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_character"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Characters">Defining Borders for Characters</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148413" role="warning">If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3110503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118661" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118473" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3110171" role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151046" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152172" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3111023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3142068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118613" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3111663" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3110541" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3119149" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3116282" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3111041" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3141606" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b0d8bcb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideborder_objectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Objects </title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3146957"><bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3146957"><variable id="border_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Objects">Defining Borders for Objects</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="paragraph">In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145673">To Set a Predefined Border Style</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159176" role="listitem">Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3152474">To Set a Customized Border Style</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="listitem">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156344" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148797" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3125865" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150447" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdf0b96ad --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideborder_pagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Pages</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"><bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Pages">Defining Borders for Pages</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150771" role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154046" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159149" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156282" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..370f56243 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidebordersxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">User Defined Borders in Text Documents </title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6737876"><bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3614917"><variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1069368" role="paragraph">You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6527298" role="paragraph">Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6129947" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8141117" role="paragraph">In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6016418" role="paragraph">Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5282448" role="paragraph">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3547166">Selection of cells</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1108432" role="paragraph">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id4423352"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2422559" role="tablehead">Selection</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1053498" role="tablehead">Line arrangement area</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1076998" role="tablecontent">One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4240241" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id1058992" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1058992">one cell border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id162053" role="tablecontent">A one cell table, the cell is selected</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5021820" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id7366557" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7366557">one selected cell border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3549607" role="tablecontent">Cells in a column selected</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2544328" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id2298654" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2298654">column selected border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1636402" role="tablecontent">Cells in a row selected</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7450483" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id9033783" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id9033783">row selected border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5741752" role="tablecontent">A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id570085" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id4776757" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4776757">block selected border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id5044099">Default settings</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id626544" role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id292062" role="listitem">The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1361735" role="listitem">The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id82399" role="listitem">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h3 id="hd_id7144993">Examples</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5528427" role="paragraph">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4194158" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id8221076" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png" width="1.2209in" height="0.2445in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id8221076">default icons for borders</alt> + </image></paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7253028" role="listitem">Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9441206" role="listitem">Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7276833" role="listitem">Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5273293" role="paragraph">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5110019">User defined settings</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1820734" role="paragraph">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7093111" role="paragraph">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id5196996"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3673818" role="tablehead">Line types</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593768" role="tablehead">Image</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2055421" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9836115" role="tablecontent">A black line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6485793" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id1237525" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1237525">solid line for border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1454512" role="tablecontent">A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4618671" role="tablecontent">A gray line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1239356" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id2688680" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2688680">gray line for border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9474166" role="tablecontent">A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1545457" role="tablecontent">A white line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1681875" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id7340617" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7340617">white line for border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2316660" role="tablecontent">A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h3 id="hd_id5908688">Examples</h3> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5118564" role="paragraph">Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id244758" role="paragraph">Select a thick line style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7741325" role="paragraph">To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id542313" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id4273506" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4273506">setting thick lower border</alt> + </image></paragraph> + <note id="par_id2210760">All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. </note> + <warning id="par_id5400860">All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell.</warning> +<switch select="appl"> +<case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/> +</case> +</switch> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0352f5884 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Calculating in Text Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149909"> + <bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>=;in Writer tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;starting cell with =</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "formula bar in text"</comment> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149909" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="calculate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp" name="Calculating in Text Documents">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149949" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149972" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155547" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type="literal">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3155565" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id8316904" xml-lang="en-US">To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id971605353826552">Cell Entries that Start with Equal Sign (<keycode>=</keycode>)</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981605353389582">To make a table cell entry that starts with <keycode>=</keycode> sign, first enter a space, then the <keycode>=</keycode> sign, and then delete the space.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b9bc0a0a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_clipboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147692"><bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147692" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp" name=" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156366" role="paragraph">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="listitem">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155496" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5172582" role="listitem">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b3d77b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Cell Totals in Tables</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147400"><bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text tables;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147400" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp" name="Calculating Cell Totals in Tables">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154243" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154203" role="listitem">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The + <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147775" role="listitem">Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150507" role="listitem">Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph">If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ca20390b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147406"> + <bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw reduced "calculating;" entries to one entry</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147406" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145245" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152901" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145078" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156382" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon, and choose "Mean" from the Statistical Functions list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149692" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149481" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3149823" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e63c3172 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intext2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"><bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW reduced "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153899" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp" name="Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150528" role="listitem">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155551" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155577" role="listitem">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155598" role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147776" role="note">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74d08c1df --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_multitablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Across Tables</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154248"><bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154248" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp" name="Calculating Across Tables">Calculating Across Tables</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="paragraph">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147795" role="listitem">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147815" role="listitem">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="listitem">Press F2.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147228" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="listitem">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46047d24f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecaptionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Captions </title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147691"> + <bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> +<paragraph id="par_id3147691" role="paragraph" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150537" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="captions"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Using Captions">Using Captions</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153156" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153172" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153186" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10713" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155541" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To define a caption proceed as follows:</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155567" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155586" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147765" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the options that you want, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Figure</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3147254" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You can edit caption text directly in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147271" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a "Table" caption, the "Table" paragraph style is applied to the caption text.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145671" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b39002211 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidecaptions_numbersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147684"><bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147684"><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147395" role="paragraph">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147408" role="paragraph">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="listitem">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150503" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150527" role="listitem">Select a caption title from the <menuitem>Category</menuitem> box, and select a numbering scheme in the <menuitem>Numbering</menuitem> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <menuitem>Caption</menuitem> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153166" role="listitem">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153190" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155553" role="listitem">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155586" role="listitem">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147226" role="tip">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145567" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145574" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter numbering">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14509d0f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidechange_headerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3146875"> + <bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146875" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="change_header"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp" name="Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154245" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150503" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150532" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph> Styles actions</emph> icon and select <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153153" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the page in the <item type="menuitem">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153184" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155541" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155572" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155592" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147771" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Page break</item> and then select “Default Page Style” from the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147810" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f43c2e63a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidechapter_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147682"> + <bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>chapters;numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..." and made "outline numbering" a two level entry</comment> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147682" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="chapter_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter Numbering">Chapter Numbering</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3155605" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading 1" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US">To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Chapter Numbering</menuitem>, and then click the <menuitem>Numbering</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155891" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <menuitem>Paragraph style</menuitem> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150513" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <menuitem>Number</menuitem> box, select the numbering scheme that you want to use, and then click <menuitem>OK</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="par_idN107CE" xml-lang="en-US">To Remove Automatic Chapter Numbering From a Heading Paragraph</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN107D5" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN107D9" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Press the <keycode>Backspace</keycode> key to delete the number.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<note id="par_id441614161571912">Press <keycode>Shift+Backspace</keycode> with the cursor at the beginning of the heading to return the number.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155571" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147782" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147758" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147808" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a064b4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideconditional_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"> + <bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155619" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="conditional_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp" name="Conditional Text">Conditional Text</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155879" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Conditional Variable</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153185" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155566" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147759" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Set variable" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147784" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Reminder</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147810" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Text" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id7748344" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter <item type="literal">1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a "General" format.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145645" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145659" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151193" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151212" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151250" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155936" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type <item type="literal">Reminder EQ "3"</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155969" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">The quotation marks enclosing the "3" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150446" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150473" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155073" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Display the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155086" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155110" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155136" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Replace the number in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155168" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If the field does not automatically update, press F9.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3145714" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of conditional operators">List of conditional operators</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3618e4059 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideconditional_text2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Text for Page Counts</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153108"> + <bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153108" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="conditional_text2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp" name="Conditional Text for Page Counts">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156228" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can create a conditional text field that displays the word "pages" instead of "page" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156257" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150513" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150537" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153166" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145256" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type <item type="literal">Page > 1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145280" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type <item type="literal">Pages</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Then</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145305" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type <item type="literal">Page</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Else</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155535" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df71cac2d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidedelete_from_dictxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147688"> + <bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..."</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147688" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="delete_from_dict"><link href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp" name="Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153417" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151391" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type="menuitem">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">Edit</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d99a25baf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidedragdroptextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"><bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text sections;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp" name="Moving and Copying Text in Documents">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152994" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155606" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154236" role="listitem">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/> +<image id="img_id3153148" src="media/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt> + </image></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154257" role="listitem">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/> +<image id="img_id3152868" src="media/helpimg/copydata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152868">Mouse cursor copying data</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30523652d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideeven_odd_sdwxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153407"> + <bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW made "empty pages;..." and "blank pages;.." to one level entries.</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153407" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="even_odd_sdw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp" name="Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3152897"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155876" src="cmd/sc_designerdialog.png" width="0.473cm" height="0.473cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155876">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id8194219" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150526" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153153" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the list of page styles, right-click "Left Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153179" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145267" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Right Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145299" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the list of page styles, right-click "Right Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155529" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Left Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155561" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Go to the first page in your document, and double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles in the Styles window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3155588" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147772" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147254" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id7594225" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id8147221" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3145596" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..544c8a474 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefield_convertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Converting a Field into Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154079"><bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154079" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp" name="Converting a Field into Text">Converting a Field into Text</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="paragraph">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155608" role="listitem">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154238" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="listitem">Click "Unformatted text" in the + <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click + <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157551" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Special">Paste Special</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca839452c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefieldsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">About Fields</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed "fields;..."</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="About Fields">About Fields</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2">Viewing Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="View - Field Names"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152885" role="paragraph">To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3155548"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155582" role="tablehead">Field Type</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147760" role="tablehead">Property</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147789" role="tablecontent">Placeholder</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to insert the object corresponding to the placeholder, except for text placeholders. For text placeholders, click on the placeholder and type over it.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147216" role="tablecontent">Insert Reference</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147239" role="tablecontent">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147267" role="tablecontent">Run macro</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147290" role="tablecontent">Runs a macro.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145614" role="tablecontent">Input Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145637" role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2">Updating Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id271519643331154" role="note">Placeholders are not updated.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..798e32e51 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefields_datexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5111545"> + <bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155165" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_date"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp" name="Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147679" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153415" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click “Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155602" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154241" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2215d06b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefields_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Input Fields</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155916"> + <bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp" name="Adding Input Fields">Adding Input Fields</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145776" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click “Input field”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154257" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155888" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3150708" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F9</keycode>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf74c016e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefields_userdataxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153398"> + <bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153398" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_userdata"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp" name="Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154239" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154255"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155889" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Operator</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147110" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150508" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">== or EQ</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150531" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">equals</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150725" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">!= or NEQ</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150748" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">is not equal to</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph id="par_id3153167" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153190" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text in the document that you want to hide.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145273" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145297" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155533" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155573" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3147760" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147777" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3147793"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147819" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">User variables</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147218" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147245" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_firstname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147268" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">First name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145592" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_lastname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Last name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145642" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145666" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151200" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151223" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151250" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152912" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152940" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152990" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_zipcode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145679" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Zip Code</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145706" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_city</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145729" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">City</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145756" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145779" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156284" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156307" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156334" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_tel_work</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156357" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Business telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156384" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_tel_home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149728" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Home telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149756" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_fax</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149778" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Fax number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_email</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147294" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Email address</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147321" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">user_state</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147344" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">State</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3147392" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of operators">List of operators</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84c5b609c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefindingxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Finding and Replacing in Writer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="finding_text"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id1163670"><bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>3. mw added 2 index entries and changed "finding;"</comment><comment>2. mw copied 6 index entries from shared/01/02100300.xhp. Then made one entry of two "finding;" entries, one entry of two "replacing;" entries and one entry of two "formats;" entries</comment><comment>1. mw copied 5 entries from shared/01/02100000.xhp and then made one entry of two "finding;" entries.</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8568681" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="finding"><link href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3">To Find Text</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2164677" role="listitem">Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5684072" role="listitem">Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4377269" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3">To Replace Text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2467421" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4286935" role="listitem">Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9959410" role="listitem">Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id24109" role="listitem">Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id703451" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3">To Find Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2696920" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id896938" role="listitem">Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9147007" role="listitem">Check <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3">To Find Formats</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2448805" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4542985" role="listitem">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4679403" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6417432" role="paragraph">Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4639728" role="paragraph">Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp#find_attributes"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/> + <embed href="text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cfd6c25 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefooter_nextpagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"> + <bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3145819" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footer_nextpage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3154242" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154256" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The page number is only displayed if the following page exists.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147109" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147134" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150955" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150517" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click a numbering scheme in the <menuitem>Format</menuitem> list.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150537" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150727" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4ad56f9f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefooter_pagenumberxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155624"><bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers in Footers">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155554" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1994a5c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_usagexml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"> + <bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3145819" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footnote_usage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3154258" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155881" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Footnote or Endnote</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155903" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147120" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert - Footnote"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150937" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150508" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Footnote</item> or <item type="menuitem">Endnote</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150704" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150729" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the note.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<table id="tbl_id3150745"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148843" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148857" src="cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148857">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153176" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<table id="tab_id31607163776333"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41607163776333"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertendnote.png" id="img_id341607163776333" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id511607163776333">Insert Endnote Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id121607163776335" role="paragraph">You can insert endnotes directly by clicking the <menuitem>Insert Endnote</menuitem> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> or <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar or choose <menuitem>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Endnote</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + +<h2 id="hd_id3155543" xml-lang="en-US">To Edit a Footnote or Endnote</h2> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150167" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155563" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+PageDown</keycode>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145029" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T +</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles window, right-click "Footnote" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145062" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145081" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit - Footnote"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147776" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Tools - Footnotes"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147813" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147232" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +<tip id="par_id781607164467521">Shortcut keys can be made to insert, edit, and navigate to footnotes and endnotes. Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</menuitem> tab and enter <input>note</input> in the Functions box to see possibilities.</tip> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#fussendnotenh1"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251603931682056"><link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="makeshortcut">Making a Shortcut Key</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1796acad --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Spacing Between Footnotes</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147683"> + <bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147683" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footnote_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp" name="Spacing Between Footnotes">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145808" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155603" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in a footnote or endnote.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154251" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "Footnote", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155884" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Borders"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147110" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Default</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150931" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150961" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150519" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Padding</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150709" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a value in the <item type="menuitem">Top</item> and <item type="menuitem">Bottom</item> boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150740" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3148846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Borders">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..894d9ffaf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideform_letters_mainxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Form Letter</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159257"><bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw added "serial letters"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159257" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Creating a Form Letter">Creating a Form Letter</link> +</variable> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="paragraph">To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by email.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0805200801132382" role="note">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the email.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10653" role="paragraph">The <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10664" role="heading" level="1">To create a form letter</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066B" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph">You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10676" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="paragraph">You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph">Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">"Modern" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2669759" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BD" role="paragraph">On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph">Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C6" role="paragraph">If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a0a73d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideglobaldocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Master Documents and Subdocuments</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"><bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>Mw made "master documents" and "subdocuments" a two level entry, deleted "references;" and "bookmarks;" and added a new entry and shifted "Navigator;" and "indexes;" to the file globaldoc_howtos.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> +</variable></paragraph><comment>MW: This file was split into globaldoc.xhp (concepts) and globaldoc_howtos.xhp (procedures)</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153400" role="paragraph">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="paragraph">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9033783" role="paragraph">When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3419598" role="paragraph">Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5878780" role="tip">To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#globaldoc_howtos"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cae87b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideglobaldoc_howtosxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"> + <bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW created 4 new index entries. 2 index entries were taken from globaldoc.xhp.</comment><comment>MW made one index entry out of 2 "subdocuments;" entries</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable></paragraph><comment>MW: this is a new guide created from splitting globaldoc.xhp</comment> +<paragraph id="par_id1522873" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153127" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Master Document</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149634" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149956" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="2"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149873" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145114" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156240" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <menuitem>File</menuitem>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145405" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id8550981" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.<comment>i81372</comment></paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="4"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153382" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Edit a Master Document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155879" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155931" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148677" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.<comment>i81372</comment></paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149982" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153022" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<table id="tbl_id3154206"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148949" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148959" src="sw/res/sc20246.png" width="0.473cm" height="0.473cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148959">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153632" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10C40" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object "to page". Instead, set the anchor "to paragraph" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to "Entire Page" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153656" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152760" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153876" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153907" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click "Heading 1" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147124" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <item type="menuitem">Text Flow</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149770" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Breaks</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150224" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145205" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145228" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Export a Master Document</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150315" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Export</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148580" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id8371227" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef1b4791b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideheader_footerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">About Headers and Footers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155863"> + <bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="header_footer"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp" name="About Headers and Footers">About Headers and Footers</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150511" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155896" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147119" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153726" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">You can also choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type="menuitem">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146876" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150704" xml-lang="en-US">Headers and Footers in HTML Documents</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150717" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3153174" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..385887ef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideheader_pagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Different Headers and Footers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155920"> + <bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155920" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="header_pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Defining Different Headers and Footers">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147105" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type="menuitem">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type="menuitem">Page layout</item> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150224" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150929" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Open a new text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150946" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles sidebar deck.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150510" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150536" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153750" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146865" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Left Page".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146889" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150714" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, right-click "Left Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150748" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153172" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147061" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Right Page".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147086" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145263" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145284" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7460d4145 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_chapterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"> + <bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155919" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="header_with_chapter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp" name="Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154244" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155874" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Chapter Numbering.</menuitem></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155898" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147124" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the numbering scheme for the chapter titles in the <menuitem>Number</menuitem> box, for example, "1,2,3...".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150219" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <item type="menuitem">Before</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150245" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a space in the <item type="menuitem">After</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150949" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150505" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150527" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153729" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153762" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the header or footer.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146863" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Document</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153175" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Chapter" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and "Chapter number and name" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147065" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3147095" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..797c227b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Headers or Footers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154866"> + <bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW changed "inserting;"</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154866" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="header_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp" name="Formatting Headers or Footers">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154243" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155873" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147109" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the spacing options that you want to use.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147128" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> dialog opens.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150520" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153742" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8bddbe45 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidehidden_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hiding Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "comparisons;" and copied two entries to hidden_text_display.xhp and 2 entries to nonprintable_text.xhp</comment><comment>MW added "variables;"</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150103" role="paragraph">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5174108">To Create a Variable</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153131" role="listitem">Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149640" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">Hide</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149869" role="listitem">Enter a value for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">1</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="listitem">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149585" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156245">To Hide Text</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145391" role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155325" role="listitem">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154404" role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154256">To Hide a Paragraph</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154853" role="listitem">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154872" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Field - More Fields</menuitem> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="listitem">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155947" role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3793450">You must enable this feature by removing the check mark <emph>Hidden Paragraphs</emph> in the dialog <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> - <menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.</note> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148675">To Hide a Section</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153019" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Section</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148950" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153636" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3846858" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8148442" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148603" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Fields - Other">Insert - Field - More Fields</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147011" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section">Insert - Section</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01244aa96 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidehidden_text_displayxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Displaying Hidden Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856"><variable id="hidden_text_display"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link> +</variable></h1><comment>MW created this guide from splitting hidden_text.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5659962" role="paragraph">If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152777" role="listitem">Check the <emph>Hidden Paragraphs</emph> box in the dialog <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> - <menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153902" role="listitem">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1865901" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4087575b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidehyperlinksxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155845"> + <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155845" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hyperlinks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp" name="Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149833" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148846" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156108" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153133" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bda3fe52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidehyphen_preventxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695"><variable id="hyphen_prevent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp" name="Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link> +</variable></h1><comment>MW created this guide from splitting using_hyphen.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5640125" role="paragraph">If your text is <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153634" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> + </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153658" role="listitem">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147125" role="listitem">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150218" role="listitem">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150247" role="listitem">Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <tip xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147036">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</tip> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262761" role="paragraph">Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262837" role="listitem">Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262867" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Formatting Mark - Word Joiner</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501639661322712">The inserted formatting mark will be shown in gray. To remove it, simply place the cursor over the formatting mark and press the <keycode>Del</keycode> key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c996dde28 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindentingxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Indenting Paragraphs</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155869"><bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw made indents a two level entry, changed "paragraphs;" and copied "changing;indents" from writer guide "ruler.xhp"</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id129398"><variable id="indenting"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp">Indenting Paragraphs</link> +</variable></h1><comment>see i66307</comment> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9936216" role="paragraph">You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="paragraph">Right-click a paragraph and choose <menuitem>Paragraph - Edit Style - Indents & Spacing</menuitem> tab to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <tip xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Ruler</item>.</tip> +<h2 id="hd_id361605222538173">Positioning indents</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="paragraph">Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. </paragraph> +<note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5589159">To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2136295" role="paragraph">The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id671605222596649">Hanging indents</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4186223" role="paragraph">For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type="menuitem">First line</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id811605224853050">The <emph>Hanging Indent</emph> icon is found in the Paragraph section of the Properties sidebar. Click on this icon to switch the values of <menuitem>Before text</menuitem> and <menuitem>First line</menuitem>. This enables you to toggle a paragraph between an indented first line and a hanging indent.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id151605225966778">To create a hanging indent: Enter a first line indent where you want the indent to start, then click the Hanging Indent icon to create the hanging indent.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id191605223016307"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331605223016307"> +<image src="cmd/lc_hangingindent.png" id="img_id121605223016307" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id61605223016307">Hanging Indent Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id881605223016307" role="paragraph">Hanging Indent Icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901605225508322">The <emph>Hanging Indent</emph> command can be added as a <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="addbutton">button to a toolbar</link>, an <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="addmenuitem">item in a menu</link> or <link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp" name="modifymenu">context menu</link>, or a <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="makeshortcut">shortcut key</link>.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1491134" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11db2b3be --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"> + <bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155186" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp" name="Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type="menuitem">View</item> and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Field Shadings</item> is selected.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155507" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155526" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154238" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154263" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +<paragraph id="par_id3155893" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialog"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b19250d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp" name="Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155856" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155871" role="listitem">If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type="menuitem">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Protected Areas</item> section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph">You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7841d0a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"> + <bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<h1 id="hd_id3149689"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp" name="Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable></h1> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155862">To Define Index Entries</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156380" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147409" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item>, and do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153417" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154258" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155889" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147119">To Define Table of Contents Entries</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3147132" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150230">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry</h3> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150933" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150964" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150523" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153730" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#emptyentry"/> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb4f86377 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_formxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp" name="Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147135" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150229" role="listitem">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150934" role="listitem">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150960" role="listitem">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150712" role="listitem">Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150738" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148399" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148424" role="listitem">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153171" role="listitem">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147060" role="listitem">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type="menuitem">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fe59a885 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_indexxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"> + <bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155911" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_index"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp" name="Creating Alphabetical Indexes">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155884" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select "Alphabetical Index" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type="menuitem">Concordance file</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150223" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150946" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150502" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3152760" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp" name="Creating a concordance file">Creating a concordance file</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..076aa1f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_literaturexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Bibliography</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"> + <bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149687" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Creating a Bibliography">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153402" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154244" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155872" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp" name="Tools - Bibliography Database"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155900" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Data - Record</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147123" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150219" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Close the <item type="menuitem">Bibliography Database</item> window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150242" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150945" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150964" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150525" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153738" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153763" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the publication source for the record in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146873" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146897" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#saving_note"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150741" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148402" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148421" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="3"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153231" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147059" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147085" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id3156060" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Bibliography Database">Bibliography Database</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +<paragraph id="par_id6367076" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href="http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page">Bibus</link>.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..096758bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_multidocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Indexes Covering Several Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153418"><bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW inserted "master documents;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153418" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp" name="Indexes Covering Several Documents">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index in each individual document">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147118" role="listitem">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose + <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150230" role="listitem">Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87d1775e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_tocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Table of Contents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147104"> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocdialog/TocDialog" id="bm_id3154749" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147104"><variable id="indices_toc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp" name="Creating a Table of Contents">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable></h1> + +<section id="tomanual"> +<paragraph id="par_id3150942" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id5876949">To Insert a Table of Contents</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150510" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150528" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Type"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153746" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Table of Contents" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146856" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select any options that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146872" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3146896" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <menuitem>Additional Styles</menuitem> check box in the <menuitem>Create from</menuitem> area, and then click the <menuitem>Assign styles</menuitem> button next to the check box. In the <menuitem>Assign Styles</menuitem> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <menuitem>>></menuitem> or the <menuitem><<</menuitem> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="emptyentry"> +<tip id="par_id1001574720273772">%PRODUCTNAME creates the table of contents entries based on the outline level of the paragraph style and the paragraph contents. If the paragraph is empty, it will not be included in the table of contents. To force the empty paragraph to be listed in the table of contents, manually add a space or a non breaking space to the paragraph. Spaces added in the <emph>After</emph> text box of the Numbering tab in the Chapter Numbering dialog will not work for this purpose, since they are part of the paragraph numbering, not the paragraph contents.</tip> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3153148">To Update a Table of Contents</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153161" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153183" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147066" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64236a4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideindices_userdefxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">User-Defined Indexes</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"> + <bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_userdef"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp" name="User-Defined Indexes">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155915" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a User-Defined Index</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155867" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153410" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the index in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147139" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150231" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a User-Defined Index</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150933" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150952" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150509" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="4"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146881" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select any options that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3146897" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3150720" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type="menuitem">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc8411b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_beforetablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp" name="Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type="keycode">Enter</item> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10612" xml-lang="en-US">To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f40136788 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphicxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154922"><bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "illustrations;"</comment> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics">Inserting Graphics</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5778d23aa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_dialogxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Graphic From a File</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"> +<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3154896"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp" name="Inserting a Graphic From a File">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link> +</variable></h1> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insertgraphicsequence"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e4a19b57 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromchartxml" indexer="include" + status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152999"><bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152999" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp" name="Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155890" role="paragraph">You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149054" role="listitem">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="listitem">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="paragraph">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faa7d2892 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromdrawxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155917"><bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155917" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<list type="ordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> and click and hold the object for a moment.<comment>see i70967</comment></paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list><comment>ufi: paragraph removed because I cannot verify: id="par_id3152755" If a hyperlink is attached to the object in the original document, the hyperlink is inserted instead of the object.</comment><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66a8f7130 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_galleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145083"><bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..751d644f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_scanxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Scanned Image</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156017"><bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156017" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp" name="Inserting a Scanned Image">Inserting a Scanned Image</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. +</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">The scanner must support the SANE standard. +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155915" role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Media - Scan"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d9010382 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_tab_innumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the List Level of a List Paragraph</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145078"> +<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>levels;changing chapter levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>lowering chapter levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>rising chapter levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>changing;chapter levels</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>promote level;in lists</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>demote level;in lists</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<section id="promotedemote"> +<h1 id="hd_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp" name="Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists">Changing the List Level of a List Paragraph</link> +</variable></h1> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155909" xml-lang="en-US">To move a numbered or bulleted list paragraph down one list level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <keycode>Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" xml-lang="en-US">To move a numbered or bulleted list paragraph up one list level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <keycode>Shift+Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153403" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text for all list paragraphs at a given list level, use the <menuitem>Numbering followed by</menuitem> option in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position"><menuitem>Position</menuitem></link> tab in the <menuitem>Bullets and Numbering</menuitem> dialog. For an individual list paragraph, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning of the list paragraph.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +</section> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionh1"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f343d4a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidejoin_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Combining Numbered Lists</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150495"> + <bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3150495" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="join_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Combining Numbered Lists">Combining Ordered Lists</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can combine two ordered lists into a single list.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149452" xml-lang="en-US">To Combine Two Ordered Lists</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154479" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select all of the paragraphs in the lists.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155911" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <menuitem>Formatting</menuitem> Bar, click the <menuitem>Toggle Ordered List</menuitem> icon twice.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Ordered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153417" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149644" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Continue to hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145102" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <menuitem>Formatting</menuitem> Bar, click the <menuitem>Toggle Ordered List</menuitem> icon twice.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<tip id="par_id751615828987862">To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use <link href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp" name="Add to List"><menuitem>Format - Lists - Add to List</menuitem></link>.</tip> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd1aeb5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidejump2statusbarxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Going to Specific Bookmark</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145778"><bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145778" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp" name="Going to Specific Bookmark">Going to Specific Bookmark</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click +</caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bfce4969 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidekeyboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151169"><bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151169" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149685" role="paragraph">Press the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then H to insert a hyperlink.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Sections</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the + <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145100" role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the + <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154849" role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072C" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d607750f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideload_stylesxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145086"> + <bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3145086"><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="Using Styles From Another Document or Template">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph">You can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id731529889382463" role="listitem">Open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="load_styles_link"><emph>Load Styles</emph></link> dialog box by either</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155936" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Styles - Load Styles</menuitem> or</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155910" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> or</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id441529889103330" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Styles - Manage Styles</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> sidebar deck.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10703" role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Styles actions</emph> icon to open the submenu, and choose <menuitem>Load Styles</menuitem></paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149632" role="listitem">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145098" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#load_styles_header"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feb19e264 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidemainxml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link> +</variable></h1> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155156" xml-lang="en-US">Entering and Formatting Text</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#indenting"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#text_capital"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#reset_format"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#jump2statusbar"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#registertrue"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3150742" xml-lang="en-US">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp#undo_formatting"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#insert_beforetable"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with Documents</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp#fax"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#hidden_text_display"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#nonprintable_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#resize_navigator"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/> +<comment>removed a line</comment> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#words_count"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fba988fd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenavigatorxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigator for Text Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154897"><bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW added "pages;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154897" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Text Documents">Navigator for Text Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="paragraph">The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154247" role="listitem">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155878" role="listitem">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147108" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eed375cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenonprintable_textxhp" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Non-printing Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="nonprintable_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link> +</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from hidden_text.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4685201" role="paragraph">To create text that is not to be printed do the following:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149789" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="listitem">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150242" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150320" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3138828" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69f6230d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenumber_date_convxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156383"> + <bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; date formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>table cells; date formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156383"><variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically recognize numbers or dates that you enter into a table cell, converting them from text to an appropriate number format. Use <menuitem>Table - Number Format</menuitem> to change the display of the entered value.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp#number_recognition_failed_or_off"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149966" role="paragraph">To enable or disable this feature, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155919" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Table - Number Recognition</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id531605970858214">When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <menuitem>Number Recognition</menuitem> command.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155527" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</menuitem>, and select or clear the <menuitem>Number Recognition</menuitem> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781605970689063">This feature applies globally to all tables in all documents. When enabled, typing a date or number into a table cell will result in automatic formatting. Enabling and disabling this feature does not change existing data formatting.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eea42da16 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenumber_sequencexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Number Ranges</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"> + <bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW deleted "number ranges;" and changed "numbering;"</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="number_sequence"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp" name="Defining Number Ranges">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149829" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, "Quotation Number ".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155048" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="3"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156240" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click "Number range" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153363" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type "Quotation" in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153387" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154250" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154851" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="6"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..677a66084 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_linesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Line Numbers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150101"> + <bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3150101"><variable id="numbering_lines"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp" name="Adding Line Numbers">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph">$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id7184972">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</note> + + <h2 id="hd_id3153410">To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149640" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149612" role="listitem">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145101" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <h2 id="hd_id3156241">To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156264" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153385" role="listitem">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154248" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T + </caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154853" role="listitem">Right-click the "Default" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150222" role="listitem">All paragraph styles are based on the "Default" style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150931" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Outline & List</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150956" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150520" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151077" role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151096" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153733" role="listitem">Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153758" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph id="par_id3146864" role="paragraph">You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to.</paragraph> + + <h2 id="hd_id3146880">To Specify the Starting Line Number</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150703" role="listitem">Click in a paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150721" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Format - Paragraph</menuitem>, and then click the <menuitem>Outline & List</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148389" role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148414" role="listitem">Select <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153779" role="listitem">Enter a line number in the <item type="menuitem">Start with</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153804" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph id="par_id3153934" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Tools - Line Numbering">Tools - Line Numbering</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> + <paragraph id="par_id3153960" role="paragraph">Format - Paragraph - <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Numbering_link">Outline & List</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id2212591" role="paragraph"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings" name="wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddf4c84e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_parasxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Modifying Numbering in an Ordered List</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149637"> + <bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...", and deleted "modifying;..."</comment> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp" name="Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List">Modifying Numbering in an Ordered List</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3145092" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in an ordered list or change the number that an ordered list starts with.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#chapter_numbering_tip"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145107" xml-lang="en-US">To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in an Ordered List</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156248" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153366" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153390" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>No List</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154856" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Number That an Ordered List Starts With</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155877" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click anywhere in the ordered list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Format - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>, and then click the <menuitem>Customize</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148691" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start at</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147116" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +<paragraph id="par_id6943571" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings" name="wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c6b50ed --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidepage_breakxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155183"> + <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3155183"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link> +</variable></h1> + <h2 id="hd_id3149833">To Insert a Manual Page Break</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3153135">To Delete a Manual Page Break</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149608" role="listitem">Press Backspace.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3149624">To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145111" role="listitem">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156254" role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153380" role="listitem">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id151633462071702">To Quickly Switch Between Portrait and Landscape Page Layout</h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#quick_orientation"/> + <tip id="par_id121633463140208">Read the help page <link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp" name="pageorientation_link">Changing Page Orientation</link> to learn more about advanced configurations that can be defined concerning page orientation.</tip> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#ManualBreak_h1"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08909788e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidepagebackgroundxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing Page Backgrounds</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8431653"> + <bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW deleted "page backgrounds"</comment> + +<paragraph id="par_idN107F4" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="pagebackground"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Changing Page Background</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10812" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.</paragraph> + +<section id="define"> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10820" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10827" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>(Command+T)</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>(F11)</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1082F" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10837" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1083F" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1084B" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10855" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To only apply the new page style to a single page, select "Default".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10859" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="6"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1085F" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10867" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1086B" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_idN1087A" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1087E" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10892" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>(Command+T)</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>(F11)</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1089A" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108A2" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="par_idN108A5" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN108A9" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108BD" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108C1" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Manual Break</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108C9" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108D1" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108DB" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to "Default".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108DF" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN108E2" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN108E8" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp#wm01"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e10d00314 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidepagenumbersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Page Numbers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5918759"><bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw inserted six index entries</comment><comment>mw added "styles;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id413830" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pagenumbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers">Page Numbers</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1617175" role="paragraph">In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6091494" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Page Numbers</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8611102" role="paragraph">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Page Number</menuitem> to insert a page number at the current cursor position.</paragraph> + <tip xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6604510">If you see the text "Page number" instead of the number, choose <menuitem>View - Field Names</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+F9</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+F9</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>).</tip> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2678914" role="paragraph">However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id614642" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2551652" role="heading" level="2">To Start With a Defined Page Number</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6111941" role="paragraph">Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5757621" role="listitem">Click into the first paragraph of your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2632831" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4395275" role="listitem">In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1654408" role="note">The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7519150">To Select the Page Number Format</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9029206" role="paragraph">You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3032319" role="listitem">Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9139378" role="listitem">Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5051728">Using Different Page Number Formats in Headers and Footers</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1558885" role="paragraph">You need some pages with the roman numbering format, followed by the remaining pages in another format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1541184" role="paragraph">In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id18616" role="paragraph">Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6138492" role="paragraph">An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different "next style".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4569231" role="paragraph">For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default Page Style" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the "First Page" entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "Next style".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id291451" role="paragraph">A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph">If you just press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+Enter</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+Enter</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, you apply a page break without a change of styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5947141" role="paragraph">If you choose <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</menuitem>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph">It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="listitem">Click into the first page of your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4313791" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="listitem">In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4191717" role="listitem">Double-click the "First Page" style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2318796" role="paragraph">Now your title page has the style "First Page", and the next pages automatically have the "Default Page Style".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id399182" role="paragraph">You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default Page Style" only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5298318" role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7588732" role="listitem">Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3496200" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph">The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5d2500bf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidepageorientationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9683828"><bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> +<h1 id="par_idN106FF"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6418042" role="paragraph">All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8324533" role="paragraph">It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border.</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_id7524033">To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6307260" role="paragraph">If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5256508" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Format - Page Style</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9681997" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7994323" role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7069002" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id4202398">To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1449324" role="paragraph">At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id1480758">Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2962126" role="paragraph">To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10727" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10749" role="listitem">Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="listitem">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075D" role="listitem">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10775" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077D" role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108AE" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1658375" role="listitem">Now you have defined a proper page style with the name "My Landscape". To apply the new style, double-click the "My Landscape" page style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the "next style" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed.</paragraph> + + <h2 id="hd_id151633462071702">To Quickly Switch Between Portrait and Landscape Page Layout</h2> + <section id="quick_orientation"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id51633462108943">The default template provided by %PRODUCTNAME Writer offers several page layout styles, among which the <emph>Default Page Style</emph> has Portrait orientation and the <emph>Landscape</emph> style has landscape orientation.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id321633462254730">These styles can be used to quickly switch between portrait and landscape orientation by inserting manual breaks and choosing the appropriate page styles as described below:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id21633462303911" role="listitem">Place the cursor where the page break is to be inserted.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id841633462305362" role="listitem">Go to <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</menuitem>. The <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog will open.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id31633462305839" role="listitem">Choose the option <emph>Page break</emph> and in the <emph>Page Style</emph> drop-down list choose the page style to be applied to the page after the break (Default Page Style, Landscape, etc).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id51633462306574" role="listitem">If the applied has to be changed again at a certain point in the document (for instance, to switch back from landscape to portrait orientation), place the cursor at this point and repeat the steps previously described.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </section> + + <section id="scope"> + <h2 id="hd_id6082949">The Scope of Page Styles</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2858668" role="paragraph">You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3278603">One Page Long Styles</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5169225" role="paragraph">A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <menuitem>Format - Page Style - Organizer</menuitem> tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6670125" role="paragraph">A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a "soft page break". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2118594" role="paragraph">To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode> or choose <menuitem>Insert - Manual Break</menuitem> and just click OK.</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id166020">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6386913" role="paragraph">The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <menuitem>Format - Page Style - Organizer</menuitem> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6062196" role="paragraph">You can insert a "page break with style" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the "page break with style" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6054261" role="paragraph">Perform any one of the following commands:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1811578" role="listitem">To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9935911" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4753868" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4744407" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5e77e0df --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidepagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating and Applying Page Styles</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7071138"> + <bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>overriding next style;for pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and Applying Page Styles">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a New Page Style</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153411" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153133" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149614" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145110" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156252" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153376" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="6"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154851" xml-lang="en-US">To Apply a Page Style</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154873" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id471615462517274" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155888" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem>, and then click the <menuitem>Page Style</menuitem> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148685" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click a name in the list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id891615460923756" role="listitem">Right-click the page style displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/03060000" name="Status Bar">Status Bar</link>. Select another page style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + +<h2 id="hd_id181615419889677">To Manually Override the “Next style” of a Page Style</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id601615419994433" role="listitem">Place cursor between the page with the page style and the page with the style specified in <emph>Next style</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id301615420000676" role="listitem">Right-click and choose <menuitem>Edit Page Break</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id271615420006519" role="listitem">Select the <emph>With page style</emph> checkbox.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id601615420013170" role="listitem">Enter the page style to be applied.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id231615420303511">See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#scope" name="Next Style">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</link>.</paragraph> + +<note id="par_id891615463137607"> A special situation arises when a <emph>Next style</emph> is different than the page style itself, and you want to apply that page style to two consecutive pages. For example, if you have applied <emph>First Page</emph> style to a page, and want to apply First Page style again to the immediately following page, then you must manually override First Page style, because it is configured to be followed by <emph>Default Page Style</emph>.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3148701" xml-lang="en-US">To Apply a Page Style to a New Page</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147122" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want a new page to start.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150210" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Insert - More Breaks - Manual Break</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150235" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150939" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <menuitem>Page Style</menuitem> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150965" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e11774fe --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprint_brochurexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing a Brochure</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6743064"><bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105F6"><variable id="print_brochure"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp">Printing a Brochure</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph">You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DE" role="paragraph">When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id871605701051745">%PRODUCTNAME is not designed to handle brochure printing of documents that include landscape page orientations, but it is possible to print such documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id191605701997366">It is not possible to print a large image across two pages. Cut the image into two parts, and insert each part on different pages.</paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1061A">To Print a Brochure</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10621" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B6" role="listitem">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070E" role="listitem">In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8947416" role="tip">If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered" startwith="4"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10628" role="listitem">Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062C" role="listitem">In the <emph>Page Layout</emph> section, select <emph>Brochure</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10740" role="listitem">For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify in the <emph>Range and Copies</emph> section to include <emph>Odd and Even Pages</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="ordered" startwith="7"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10630" role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#brochure"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="note">If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, select <emph>Print in reverse order</emph> in the <emph>Range and Copies</emph> section, and then print the document again.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dc17c276 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprint_previewxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Previewing a Page Before Printing</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155179"><bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "page views" to "pages;previews"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155179" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp" name="Previewing a Page Before Printing">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149847" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print Preview</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067F" role="tip">To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link>.</paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6902aef23 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="printingpageranges" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting What to Print</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id541605272263762"> +<bookmark_value>selecting; pages to print</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>printing;page range</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>printing;selection</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id721605269733190"><variable id="printselection"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp" name="print_selection_link">Selecting What to Print</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501605271321756">You can choose to print individual pages, a range of pages, or a selection from a document.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id601605269573468">Printing a single page</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id571605684186001" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>File - Print</menuitem> to open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id31605269603220" role="listitem">In the <emph>Range and Copies</emph> section, select the <emph>Pages</emph> option. The text box will show the current page number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id251605269806172" role="listitem">Enter the page number you want to print.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id641605269861744" role="listitem">The preview box on the left shows the selected page. +</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id171605269647972">Printing a range of pages</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id731605685039891" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>File - Print</menuitem> to open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id261605269669284" role="listitem">In the <emph>Range and Copies</emph> section, select the <emph>Pages</emph> option. The text box will show the current page number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id331605269672260" role="listitem">Enter the page numbers to print.</paragraph> + <section id="sublist"> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id481605270284520" role="listitem">Use <literal>-</literal> for a range of pages. For example, <input>1-4</input> prints all pages from 1 to 4.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id651605685305228">Partial ranges are also allowed: <input>-5</input> prints all pages up to page 5; <input>10-</input> prints from page 10 to end of document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id951605270474391" role="listitem">Use <literal>,</literal> or <literal>;</literal> for a list of pages. For example, <input>1,3;7</input> prints pages 1, 3 and 7. Spaces are optional: <input>1, 3, 7</input> also works.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id611605270697509" role="listitem">Combinations are also possible. For example, <input>1, 3, 5-10, 15-</input> prints pages 1,3, 5 to 10, and 15 to end of document.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + </section> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id581605269685019" role="listitem">The preview box on the left shows the selected pages.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id571605269596899">Printing a selection of text or graphics</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id261605270158305" role="listitem"> Select the content to print.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id481605687683495" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>File - Print</menuitem> to open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id911605270164153" role="listitem">In the <emph>Range and Copies</emph> section, choose the <emph>Selection</emph> option.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id871605270949919" role="listitem">The preview box shows the selected material.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3a287f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprint_smallxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149694"><bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment> MW changed "overviews;"</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149694"><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp" name="Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Page Layout</emph> section of the <menuitem>File - Print</menuitem> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156098" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>File - Print</menuitem></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem">In the <emph>Page Layout</emph> section, do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149603" role="listitem">To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select "2" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. </paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154841" role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..878c9f302 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprinter_trayxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting printer paper trays</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6609088"> + <bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw made "paper trays;..." a one level entry</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155909" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="printer_tray"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp" name="Selecting printer paper trays">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149841" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156108" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155066" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153140" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149649" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149616" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Apply the page style to the pages that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3154260" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and applying page styles">Creating and applying page styles</link></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac6b5646 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprinting_orderxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing in Reverse Order</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp" name="Printing in Reverse Order">Printing in Reverse Order</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem">Click the <emph>General</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156106" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149616" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bf9bf2bf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideprotectionxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150620"> + <bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<h1 id="hd_id6007263"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp" name="Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer">Protecting Contents in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id1924802" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150114">Protecting Sections in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150592" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Any section of a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id4545426"><variable id="protwarn">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable></warning> + +<h3 id="hd_id1811201610293"><variable id="turnon">Turning on protection</variable></h3> +<paragraph id="par_id1811201645676" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id181120161920589" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section...</item> .</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id181120164739204" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the section already exists: <variable id="gotosection">Choose menu <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type="menuitem">Edit...</item>.</variable></paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id1811201645678" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To enable protection</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id181120164720479" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id181120164720412" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="hd_id1811201610294">Modification of protection</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id18112016456789" role="paragraph" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#gotosection"/></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id18112016456780" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the protection does not have a password and you would like to use one, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox, click the <emph>Password</emph> button, and enter and confirm a password of at least five characters.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id18112016234567" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the protection has a password and you want to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id18112016234566" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the section is protected with a password and you want to change it, click on the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Edit Sections</emph> window and enter the correct password twice.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="hd_id1811201610295"><variable id="turnoff">Turning off protection</variable></h3> +<paragraph id="par_id18112016456781" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#gotosection"/></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id18112016345678" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">If the protection does not have a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id19112016123456" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3146081">Protecting Cells in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154480" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id363170" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protwarn"/></warning> + +<h3 id="par_id3154360" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnon"/></h3> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145643" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type="menuitem">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1911201610283" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type="menuitem">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="par_id3150042" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnoff"/></h3> +<note id="par_id3155178"><variable id="firstof">If necessary, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item> +</caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable></note> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1711201619364829" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type="menuitem">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151189" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149259">Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153966" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id814539" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protwarn"/></warning> + +<h3 id="par_id3145767" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnon"/></h3> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3159088" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id181120162840123" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="par_id3154118" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnoff"/></h3> +<note id="par_id3148463" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#firstof"/></note> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152968" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152774" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h2 id="hd_id641630957309611">Protecting fields and bookmarks from changes</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621630957319188">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Protect Document - Protect Fields</menuitem> to protect all fields against changes. Use this protection to prevent accidental changes in fields.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id111630957324575">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Protect Document - Protect Bookmarks</menuitem> to protect all bookmarks against changes. Use this protection to prevent accidental bookmark changes.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id1811201623985">Protection of the whole <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes.</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id31544811" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can protect the contents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id18112016398104" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protwarn"/></warning> +<paragraph id="par_id18112016812973" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph> +</caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10B8C" role="paragraph" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/> </paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id7858516" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Other Contents</link></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d3e0522b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidereferencesxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Cross-References</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"> + <bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="references"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp" name="Inserting Cross-References">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3159263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Target</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153408" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153125" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149634" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149614" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145110" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3156257" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153370" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id7032074" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id7796868" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153392" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select "Insert Reference".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154256" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154856" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Refer using</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148685" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149980" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149992" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Insert - Caption"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147123" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150212" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150236" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150942" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150968" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Refer using</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150535" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151092" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Updating Cross-References</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153594" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id7321390" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#references_modify"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ebe6ae8b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidereferences_modifyxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Modifying Cross-References</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149291"> + <bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149291" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="references_modify"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp" name="Modifying Cross-References">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153132" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149632" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <menuitem>View - Field Shadings</menuitem> or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F8</keycode>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149611" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145101" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..025fb73e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideregistertruexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing with Page line-spacing (register-true)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4825891"><bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10652"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Printing with Page line-spacing</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id391604248923423"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#pageline-spacing" name="page line-spacing"><emph>Page line-spacing</emph></link> printing is particularly useful for documents that will have two pages set next to each other (for example, in a book or brochure), for multi-column layouts, and for documents intended for double-sided printing. + </paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065E">To Enable a Document for Page Line-spacing Printing</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10669" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp" name="formatpage"><menuitem>Format - Page Style - Page</menuitem></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="listitem">In the <menuitem>Layout Settings</menuitem> section, select the <menuitem>Use page line-spacing</menuitem> checkbox, set the <emph>Reference Style</emph>, and click <menuitem>OK</menuitem>. </paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id911604247329772">The <emph>Reference Style</emph> sets an invisible vertical (typographical) grid, using the line distance specified in the style. All paragraphs that have Page line-spacing activated will use that line distance, aligning the bottom of a text line to the next grid line, regardless of font size or presence of graphics.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="listitem">All paragraphs with the selected <emph>Reference Style</emph> (or that inherit the <emph>Reference Style</emph>) will be activated automatically for Page line-spacing.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B">To Exempt or Enable Paragraphs for Page Line-spacing Printing</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="formatparagraph"><menuitem>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10698" role="paragraph"><variable id="exempt">Clear the <emph>Activate page line-spacing</emph> checkbox to exempt paragraphs. Set the checkbox to enable.</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id581604248041562"><variable id="no-effect">The checkbox has no effect, if Page line-spacing is disabled in the Page style</variable>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id791604249131743">To Exempt or Enable Paragraph Styles for Page Line-spacing Printing</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068C" role="listitem">Open the Styles window (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>), click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="formatparagraph2"><emph>Indents & Spacing</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id481604252645547" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#exempt"/></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id911604252806932" role="listitem"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#no-effect"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa51f9af4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideremoving_line_breaksxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Removing Line Breaks</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"><bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...".</comment><comment>MW changed "paragraph marks;..."</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="removing_line_breaks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp">Removing Line Breaks</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph">Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153413" role="note">This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153138" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149645" role="listitem">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145118" role="listitem">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e760da92b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidereset_formatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resetting Font Attributes</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149963"><bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw made "exiting..." a two level entry</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149963" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp" name="Resetting Font Attributes">Resetting Font Attributes</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154091" role="listitem">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+X</keycode>. For example, if you have pressed <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+B</keycode> to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+X</keycode> to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b49105552 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideresize_navigatorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Docking and Resizing Windows</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145088"><bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Styles window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp" name="Docking and Resizing Windows">Docking and Resizing Windows</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles window.</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles window, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F10</keycode>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..643b7276c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguiderulerxhp" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Rulers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8186284"><bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>adjusting page margins</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065F"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686">Adjusting Page Margins</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038">Changing Indents</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id91610715353328">For example, to change the left indent starting with the second line of a paragraph, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key, click the triangle on the bottom left, and drag it to the right</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/13020000.xhp#setting_margins"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef209ff8e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesearch_regexpxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Regular Expressions in Text Searches</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150099"> + <bookmark_value>searching; with regular expressions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150099" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Regular Expressions in Text Searches</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345516" role="paragraph">Regular expressions can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id421554926388821">Searching with regular expressions is different from searching with wildcards. %PRODUCTNAME Writer only supports searching with regular expressions.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph">You can use regular expressions when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155907" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Find & Replace</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2142399" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149843" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Find</item> box, type the search term and the regular expression(s) that you want to use in your search.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">The regular expression for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem">The regular expression for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem">The regular expression combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149854" role="listitem">The regular expression for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The regular expression character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345545" role="listitem">The regular expression for a tab character is \t.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="note">A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/> + <embed href="text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp#wildcards_h1"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c937b8fb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesection_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Editing Sections</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149816"><bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>ufi: added two deleting sections entries</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149816" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp" name="Editing Sections">Editing Sections</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154224" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153397" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149631" xml-lang="en-US">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area.</paragraph> +</listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id731641553483773" role="listitem">Add an optional protection password. The password can be empty and no password will be required to remove protection. If the password is not empty, it will be required to unprotect the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<comment>removed ordered list with startvalue 4, not sure if such a list will survive all transformations</comment> + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inforeadonlydialog/messagedialog-vbox" id="bm_id661641501152898" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inforeadonlydialog/messagedialog-action_area" id="bm_id661641501152876" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inforeadonlydialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id661641501152125" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id421641501464020"> + <bookmark_value>Read-only contents;editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Protect section;removing</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h2 id="hd_id641641501024846">Editing Read-Only Contents</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id841641501075965">A warning message is displayed if you try to edit protected sections.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id531641501248838">To remove protection of a section, do the following:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id681641501272982" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><menuitem>Format - Sections</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id861641501273184" role="listitem">Select the section to unprotect in the <menuitem>Section</menuitem> area of the dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id221641501273326" role="listitem">Uncheck the <menuitem>Protect</menuitem> option in the <menuitem>Write Protection</menuitem> area of the dialog.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id791641501273494" role="listitem">If the section was protected with a non-empty password, type the password into the dialog that opens.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id561641501273767" role="listitem">Click <menuitem>OK</menuitem> .</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156255" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections">Format - Sections</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id973540" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..483fe31bc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesection_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Sections</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"> + <bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Sections">Inserting Sections</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155863" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a New Section</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149843" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156103" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149281" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153404" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153127" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149635" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Section as a Link</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145104" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156241" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153363" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153387" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> area, select the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154852" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155882" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149978" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150003" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93cb92f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesectionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Sections</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149832"><bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed a typo in "multicolumn"</comment><comment>mw deleted "sections;using" and changed "section;columns in"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp" name="Using Sections">Using Sections</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="paragraph">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149284" role="listitem">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem">To show or hide text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149647" role="listitem">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149855" role="paragraph">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2">Sections and Columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155883" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddba944b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesend2htmlxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"> + <bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="send2html"><link href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp" name="Saving Text Documents in HTML Format">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149825" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155868" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, "Heading 1", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156100" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149281" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153407" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a1115f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideshortcut_writingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"><bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp" name="Applying Text Formatting While You Type">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155909" role="paragraph">To apply bold formatting</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151909" role="paragraph">To apply italic formatting</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3141836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152909" role="paragraph">To underline text</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to underline.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3142836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut for text documents">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26a5b0d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesmarttagsxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Smart Tags</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155622"><bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW moved 2 index entries from shared/01/06040700.xhp, inverted "smart tags;options", made "smart tags;" a one level entry and added 2 entries</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3856013" role="paragraph">Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by <keycode>Shift+F10</keycode>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d0026834 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidespellcheck_dialogxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Checking Spelling and Grammar</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149684"> + <bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149684" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spellcheck_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp" name="Checking Spelling and Grammar">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149814" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id0525200902184476" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary">extensions web page</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149828" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155859" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156104" role="listitem">When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type="menuitem">Spelling</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149861" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145099" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156241" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/><comment>removed a line</comment> +<paragraph id="par_id3147107" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spelling">Spelling dialog</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11654e207 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fillformatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145084"><bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed "copying;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145084" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles window.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156114" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145090" role="listitem">Click the style, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Fill Format Mode</item> icon +<image id="img_id3149644" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149644">Icon</alt> + </image> in the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> window.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154263" role="listitem">Press <item type="keycode">Esc</item> when finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2227852" role="paragraph" localize="false"> +<embedvar href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> +</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159259" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2bbd4a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fromselectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating New Styles From Selections</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"> + <bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "creating;" and added "copying;"</comment> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155911" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="stylist_fromselect"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp" name="Creating New Styles From Selections">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable></h1> + +<h2 id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156097" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="open_sidebar">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> deck in the Sidebar.</variable></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="select_category">Click the icon at the top of the <emph>Styles</emph> deck for the style category of the new style.</variable></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph to which you applied manual formatting.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153138" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <menuitem>Style actions</menuitem> menu icon at the top right corner of the <emph>Styles</emph> deck and choose <menuitem>New Style from Selection</menuitem> from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156260" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="enter_name">Enter a name for the new style in the <menuitem>New Style from Selection</menuitem> dialog box.</variable></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154411" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<table id="tab_id11608476870069"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761608476870069"> +<image src="cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png" id="img_id591608476870069" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id41608476870069">Icon New Style from Selection</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id141608476870069" role="paragraph">Styles actions menu icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + +<h2 id="hd_id3153373" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#open_sidebar"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154258" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#select_category"/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154851" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">For paragraph, character and list styles, select at least one character in the style that you want to copy, then drag the selection to the <emph>Styles</emph> deck and release. For <literal>frame</literal> styles, select the frame and hold the mouse button pressed until the mouse icon changes, then drag to the <emph>Styles</emph> deck and release.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN107B2" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively, you can drag-and-drop the selection onto the respective icon at the top of the Styles deck. You do not need to open that style category in advance.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id131608474670601" role="listitem" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#enter_name"/></paragraph> +</listitem> + +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331608474971283">For page and table styles, you must use the <menuitem>Styles actions</menuitem> menu at the top right corner of the Styles deck. The drag-and-drop method is not possible with these styles.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149988" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles (Sidebar)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301608479105670"><link href="text/shared/01/05140100.xhp" name="New Style from Selection"><menuitem>Styles - New Style from Selection</menuitem></link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..600c80e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_updatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Updating Styles From Selections</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155915"><bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles window</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Styles window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155915"><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="Updating Styles From Selections">Updating Styles From Selections</link> +</variable></h1> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem> or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156107" role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.<comment>UFI: use "category" for consistent wording, see #i21144#</comment></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem">In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem">In the Styles window, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Style actions</emph> icon and choose <menuitem>Update Selected Style</menuitem> from the submenu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0310200910360780">Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style.</note> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155498" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..505b5f8a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidesubscriptxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"><bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp" name="Making Text Superscript or Subscript">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155917" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155865" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <comment>somehow the following list disappeared, see issue 112471, and this remained: (list type="unordered"/) (replaced brackets) </comment> + +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156111" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149205" xml-lang="en-US">In the <menuitem>Properties</menuitem> deck of the sidebar, go to the <menuitem>Character</menuitem> area and click the <menuitem>Superscript</menuitem> or <menuitem>Subscript</menuitem> buttons.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> + + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Format - Character - Position">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154705" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5afd032cd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetable_cellmergexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Merging and Splitting Cells</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147240"><bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw made "cell merges;" a one level entry</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp" name="Merging and Splitting Cells">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> +</variable><comment>mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2">To Merge Cells</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2">To Split Cells</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4044312" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id634174" role="listitem">A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..412f0595b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetable_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149489"><bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149489" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp" name="Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155863" role="paragraph">To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A <comment>UFI: Ctrl+A once is not enough</comment>until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4631a1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetable_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Tables</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed "cell ranges;" to "cells;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Tables">Inserting Tables</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147416" role="listitem">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153398" role="listitem">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149858" role="listitem">In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154395" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154420" role="listitem">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + + +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153383" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> + + + + <table id="tbl_id3152755"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="tablehead">Options</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154867" role="tablehead">Is inserted as...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155893" role="tablecontent">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="tablecontent">OLE object - as with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148674" role="tablecontent">GDIMetaFile</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153027" role="tablecontent">Bitmap</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148957" role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147104" role="tablecontent">HTML</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="tablecontent">HTML table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="tablecontent">Unformatted text</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150246" role="tablecontent">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="tablecontent">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150938" role="tablecontent">Text table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows) +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154377" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147527" role="listitem">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3e30c0a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetable_repeat_multiple_headersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Repeating a Table Header on a New Page</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155870"> + <bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>MW made "table heading repetition..." a two level entry and changed "headers;" to "headings:"</comment><comment>mw added "multi-page tables"</comment> +<paragraph id="par_id3155870" role="paragraph" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153406" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_repeat_multiple_headers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp" name="Repeating a Table Header on a New Page">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149636" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145098" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156240" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <item type="menuitem">Heading</item> and the <item type="menuitem">Repeat heading rows on new pages</item> check boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153376" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the number of rows and columns for the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153393" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cfb07023 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetable_selectxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-09-27T15:16:47">UFI: Selecting tables</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7693411"><bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="table_select"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US">You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse.</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10614" xml-lang="en-US">To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US">To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US">To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..838de6e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetable_sizingxml" indexer="include"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table </title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156108"> +<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text tables;enlarging cells", "tables;changing the size", "tables;arranging" and "arranging;tables". MW changed "tables;sizing" and "table cells;". MW added "reducing rows and columns in text tables"</comment><comment>MW changed "tables;" and added "juxtaposing tables"</comment><comment>MW added 5 index entries wrt column widths and row heights</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3156108" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_sizing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp" name="Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3153140" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149640"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph id="par_id3149615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149622" src="cmd/sc_optimizetable.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149622">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph id="par_id3146497" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145109" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the Width of Columns and Cells</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3149574" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Width of a Column</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149587" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id3156246" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id3145390" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id0918200811260957" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id3145411" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id3153364" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key.</paragraph> +</listitem></list> +<paragraph id="par_id3155891" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149993" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Width of a Cell</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3148676" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153014" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the Height of a Row</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153035" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8478041" xml-lang="en-US">Resizing a Whole Table</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3358867" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id5366679" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph id="par_id1279030" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers.</paragraph> +</listitem></list> +<paragraph id="par_id5009308" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id4190496" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfadc1b0e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetablemodexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155856"><bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149835" role="paragraph">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7344279" role="note">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.<comment>UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156110" role="paragraph">To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149638" role="listitem"><emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149613" role="listitem"><emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149864" role="listitem"><emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7385cfbb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetemplates_stylesxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Templates and Styles</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153396"><bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153396"><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp" name="Templates and Styles">Templates and Styles</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149957" role="paragraph">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149974" role="paragraph">$[officename] has a number of predefined templates that you can use to create different types of text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp#manage_templates"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84dc222a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_animationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Animating Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151182"> + <bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw made "animating text" a two level entry</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151182" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="text_animation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp" name="Animating Text">Animating Text</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145080" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149811" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155178" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Text Animation</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149819" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145786" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e95968718 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_capitalxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Case of Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155182"><bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW added "small capitals"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155182" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp" name="Changing the Case of Text">Changing the Case of Text</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="note">When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485778" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149606" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id112020091049000" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910490034" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3d93590b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_centervertxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155177"> + <bookmark_value>frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>centering;frames on pages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155177" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable></paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155920" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text that you want to center on the page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155868" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152765" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">To page</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149844" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3156114" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> area, select "Center" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153410" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3149615" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type="menuitem">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type="menuitem">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type="menuitem">Line Arrangement</item> area.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145098" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c91cbb451 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_direct_cursorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using the Direct Cursor</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155178"><bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155178"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp" name="Using the Direct Cursor">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155908" role="paragraph">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155921" role="paragraph">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="listitem">On the <menuitem>Tools</menuitem> bar, click the <menuitem>Direct Cursor</menuitem> icon +<image id="img_id3149846" src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149846">Icon</alt></image>. Alternatively, enable <emph>Direct Cursor</emph> by going to <menuitem>Edit - Direct Cursor Mode</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="listitem">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <table id="tab_id151637758600046"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561637758600046"> +<image src="media/helpimg/dircursleft.png" id="img_id961637758600046" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id311637758600046">Align left</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id321637758600046" role="paragraph">Align left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561637758600047"> +<image src="media/helpimg/dircurscent.png" id="img_id961637758600047" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id311637758600047">Centered</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id321637758600047" role="paragraph">Centered</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561637758600048"> +<image src="media/helpimg/dircursright.png" id="img_id961637758600048" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id311637758600048">Align right</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id321637758600048" role="paragraph">Align right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="listitem">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82f79284c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_emphasizexml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Emphasizing Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149820"><bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149820" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149840" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem">Select the text, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6924649" role="paragraph">Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E7" role="paragraph">Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f48e81f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_framexml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149487"><bookmark_value>frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editing;frames</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;frames</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>resizing;frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>scaling; frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>links;frames</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>printing;hiding frames from printing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;" and changed "printing;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph">A frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Frame</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Frame</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">To edit the contents of a frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156239" role="listitem">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem">To resize a frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph">Any Writer frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154858" role="listitem">Select the frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155875" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2">To Link Frames</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph">You can link Writer frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153025" role="listitem">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon +<image id="img_id3148968" src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148968">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150930" role="listitem">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150947" role="paragraph">You can only link frames if:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150969" role="listitem">The target frame is empty.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154365" role="listitem">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154383" role="listitem">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145559" role="listitem">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145577" role="listitem">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151083" role="paragraph">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5853144" role="note">The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed +id="par_id3147542" You can only change the height of the last frame in a series of linked frames. +Obviously this works now</comment> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8af8c9511 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_nav_keybxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159260"><bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159260" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp" name="Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571916" role="listitem">To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571929" role="listitem">To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3149487"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="tablehead">Key</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="tablehead">Function</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156220" role="tablehead"> + <emph>+</emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command key</emph> +</caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="tablecontent">Right, left arrow keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150105" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149629" role="tablecontent">Up, down arrow keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149949" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149972" role="tablecontent">(<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149624" role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149586" role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156260" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154410" role="tablecontent">End</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153372" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154235" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="tablecontent">End</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154850" role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154873" role="tablecontent">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155944" role="tablecontent">PgUp</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148678" role="tablecontent">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148701" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149998" role="tablecontent">PgDn</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153018" role="tablecontent">Scroll down one page.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148949" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> + <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id921513466017508" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/20050000.xhp" name="Selection modes">Selection Modes</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9da6f39ca --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetext_rotatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rotating Text</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"> + <bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155911" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="text_rotate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp" name="Rotating Text">Rotating Text</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147410" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153130" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type="menuitem">Drawing</item> toolbar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149866" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Text"><item type="menuitem">Text</item></link> icon <image id="img_id3149600" src="cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149600">Icon</alt></image>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149590" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154415" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp" name="Object Rotation Mode"><item type="menuitem">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id="img_id3145405" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145405">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type="menuitem">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Drag one of the corner handles of the text object.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3154844" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3155888" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Show Draw Functions">Show Draw Functions</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..638ba62cd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidetextdoc_inframexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting an Entire Text Document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155185"><bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp" name="Inserting an Entire Text Document">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Insert - Text from File</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149839" role="listitem">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153127" role="listitem">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button and locate the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the + <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149619" role="listitem">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149862" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145099" role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0806e1eb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideusing_hyphenxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hyphenation</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw transferred 2 entries to hyphen_prevent.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="Hyphenation">Hyphenation</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156104" role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150101" role="listitem">In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149867" role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145106" role="listitem">Click the Text Flow tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149582" role="listitem">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#hyphen_prevent"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b84146bc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Bullets</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"> + <bookmark_value>unordered lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="using_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Adding Bullets">Adding Bullets</link></variable></h1> + +<h2 id="hd_id3291116" xml-lang="en-US">To Add Bullets</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149829" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149635" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">On the <menuitem>Formatting</menuitem> Bar, click the <menuitem>Toggle Unordered List</menuitem> icon (<keycode>Shift+F12</keycode>).</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp#sytoggle_bullets"/> + +<note id="par_id3145403" xml-lang="en-US">To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Toggle Unordered List</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154403" xml-lang="en-US">To Format Bullets</h2> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154416" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the formatting of an unordered list, choose <menuitem>Format - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153390" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click on the <menuitem>Unordered</menuitem> tab or the <menuitem>Image</menuitem> tab, and then select a symbol style in the <menuitem>Selection</menuitem> area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153399" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To introduce another bulleting symbol, click on the <item type="menuitem">Customize</item> tab, click the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> button next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, then select a special character.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..914e71aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_lists2xml" indexer="include" + status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147418"><bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraphs;toggle ordered list</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting;ordered lists</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147418"><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link></variable></h1> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4188970">To Add Numbering to a List</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id181615764064889">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem">On the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Toggle Ordered List</emph> icon (<keycode>F12</keycode>)</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id211615764184529" role="listitem">Right-click, choose <menuitem>List</menuitem>, then select a list style.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#synumbering"/> +<tip id="par_id941615766439690">A <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Paragraph Style">paragraph style</link> can be configured to add numbering.</tip> +<h2 id="hd_id861615765870820">To Remove Paragraphs from an Ordered List</h2> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153365" role="paragraph">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, then click the <emph>Toggle Ordered List</emph> icon or the <emph>No List</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154233">To Format an Ordered List</h2> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">To change the formatting of a numbered list, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id801615765243022" role="listitem">Click in the list, then choose <menuitem>Format - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id161615765280165" role="listitem">Right-click in the list, then choose <menuitem>List - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149573" role="paragraph">To change the hierarchy of an ordered list, click in the list, then use the icons in the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id21611757614734">Copying or moving an item from a numbered list to a new location continues the list numbering. To start a new numbering with the pasted item, click <emph>Toggle Ordered List</emph> twice. Any formatting on the pasted item is reset to default.</note> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86fb4b4e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Numbering and Paragraph Styles</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"> + <bookmark_value>numbering;manually/by styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>list styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3155174"><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Paragraph Styles</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3149818" role="paragraph">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id31616154131555">If you want numbered headings, use <menuitem>Tools - </menuitem><link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp" name="chap_num_link">Chapter Numbering</link>, instead of numbering manually.</note> + <h2 id="hd_id6140629">To Apply Numbering Manually</h2> + <paragraph id="par_id3155866" role="listitem">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <menuitem>Toggle Ordered List</menuitem> icon on the <menuitem>Formatting</menuitem> bar, or use the dropdown box on the icon to select a numbering format.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id3153405">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles window.</note> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10711" role="listitem"><comment>UFI: the following paras moved here from text\shared\01\06050000.xhp</comment>When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1072F" role="listitem">To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN10733" role="listitem">To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_idN1073A" role="listitem">Use the commands on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar">Bullets and Numbering</link> bar to change the order and level of list paragraphs.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id791616153048415">To see which paragraphs are in the same list, click to the left of a number or symbol at the beginning of a list paragraph, with <link href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp" name="Shadings"><menuitem>View - Field Shadings</menuitem> </link> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F8</keycode>) enabled.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <tip id="par_id751615828987862">To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use <link href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp" name="Add to Previous List"><menuitem>Format - Lists - Add to List</menuitem></link>.</tip> + + <h2 id="hd_id3153123">To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style</h2> + <paragraph id="par_id3153137" role="paragraph">Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the list style assigned to a paragraph style, then the numbering format in the list style is applied automatically to all paragraphs using the paragraph style.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149646" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149599" role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149850" role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & List</item> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149874" role="listitem">In the <menuitem>List style</menuitem> box, select the list style to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145113" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149589" role="listitem">Apply the paragraph style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#promotedemote"/> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401616165733544"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp" name="List Style">List Style</link></paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..051ec6145 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideusing_thesaurusxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Thesaurus</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<section id="thesaurusHead"> + <h1 id="hd_id3145576"><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149820" role="paragraph">Use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.</paragraph> +</section> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155920" role="listitem">Click in the word that you want to look up or replace.</paragraph> </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155867" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem">In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the "Replace with" text box.</paragraph> </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem">Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up.</paragraph> </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="listitem">Click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> + </list> + + + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156263" role="paragraph">Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.</paragraph> <note id="par_id3145113">To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</note><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3196263" role="paragraph">If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154392" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></paragraph> </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1fb694dc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideword_completionxml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Word Completion for Text Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"><bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw made a two level entry of "switching off..." and "word completion", copied two entries to word_completion_adjust.xhp and added a new entry</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076F" role="paragraph">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A5" role="listitem"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="listitem"> Uncheck <emph>Enable word completion</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7504806" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..798296486 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguideword_completion_adjustxhp" indexer="include" + status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"><bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from word_completion.xhp and created three new entries</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4745017" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion_adjust"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide by splitting word_completion.xhp</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA7" role="listitem">Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BAB" role="listitem">The word completion feature collects the words.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107ED" role="listitem">Select all or some of the words in the list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F4" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BC6" role="listitem">Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10809" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5458845" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Using Word Completion</link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3d6b0346 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidewords_countxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Counting Words</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149686"><bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "character counts"</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp" name="Counting Words">Counting Words</link> +</variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105D1" role="listitem">Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D1" role="listitem">If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149821" role="listitem">To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="how"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113400" role="paragraph">To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E2" role="tip">To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147418" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a81260620 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriterguidewrapxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Wrapping Text Around Objects</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154486"> + <bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154486" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp" name="Wrapping Text Around Objects">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id4792321" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Wrap Text Around an Object</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149696" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155907" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155859" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149834" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154079" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="3"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153370" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153386" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154247" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154860" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="2"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150231" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> icon (green check mark).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150947" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Close the <item type="menuitem">Contour Editor</item> window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3150520" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp" name="Contour Editor">Contour Editor</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c21c15651 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> +<topic id="LibreLogo" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="title" xml-lang="en-US">LibreLogo Toolbar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm1"> +<bookmark_value>LibreLogo</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Logo</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>Turtle graphics</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.HelpId:addon_LibreLogo.OfficeToolBar" id="bm2" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_170">LibreLogo</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_180">LibreLogo is a simple, localized, Logo-like programming environment with turtle vector graphics for teaching of computing (programming and word processing), DTP and graphic design. See <link href="http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf">http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_220">LibreLogo toolbar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_230">The LibreLogo toolbar (<item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Logo</item>) contains turtle moving, program start, stop, home, clear screen, program editor/syntax highlighting/translating icons and an input bar (command line).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_240">Turtle moving icons</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_250">They are equivalents of the Logo commands “FORWARD 10”, “BACK 10”, “LEFT 15”, “RIGHT 15”. Clicking on one of the icons will also focus the turtle shape scrolling the page to its position.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_280">Start Logo program</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_290">Click on the icon “Start Logo program” to execute the text (or only the selected) text of the Writer document as a LibreLogo program. In an empty document an example program will be inserted and executed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_300">Click on the icon “Stop” to stop the program execution.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_310">Home</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_320">Click on the icon “Home” to reset the position and settings of the turtle.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_330">Clear screen</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_340">Click on the icon “Clear screen” to remove the drawing objects of the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_344">Program editor/Syntax highlighting/Translating</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_345">The “magic wand” icon sets 2-page layout for program editing, expands and converts to uppercase the abbreviated, lowercase Logo commands in the Writer document. Change the language of the document (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - Language Settings - Languages - Western</menuitem>) and click on this icon to translate the Logo program to the selected language.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_350">Command line</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_360">Hit Enter in the command line to execute its content. To stop the program use the icon “Stop”.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_370">Hold down the Enter to repeat the command line, for example, on the following command sequence:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_380"> FORWARD 200 LEFT 89<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_390">To reset the command line triple-click it or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+A</keycode> to select the previous commands, and type the new commands.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_413">Graphical user interface of basic turtle settings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_415">Turtle shape of LibreLogo is a normal fixed size drawing object. You can position and rotate it on standard way, too, using the mouse and the Rotate icon of the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. Modify Line Width, Line Color and Area Color settings of the turtle shape to set PENSIZE, PENCOLOR and FILLCOLOR attributes of LibreLogo.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_420">Program editing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_430">LibreLogo drawings and programs use the same Writer document. The LibreLogo canvas is on the first page of the Writer document. You can insert a page break before the LibreLogo programs and set page zoom using the “magic wand” icon of the Logo toolbar, also change the font size for a comfortable 2-page layout for LibreLogo programming: left (first) page is the canvas, right (second) page is the LibreLogo program editor.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_440">LibreLogo programming language</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_450">LibreLogo is an easily localizable, Logo-like programming language, localized in several languages by LibreOffice native language communities. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, eg.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_460"> TO triangle :size<br/> REPEAT 3 [<br/> FORWARD :size<br/> LEFT 120<br/> ]<br/> END<br/> <br/> triangle 10 triangle 100 triangle 200<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_470">Differences from the Logo programming language</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_480">List members are comma separated: POSITION [0, 0]</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_490">Program blocks and lists are different</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem><switch select="sys"><comment>FIXME: Hack to get a nested list</comment><default> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_500">Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesization: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_510">Lists need close parenthesization: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </default></switch></listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_520">1-line function declarations are not supported (TO and END need new lines).</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_530">Other features of LibreLogo</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_540">The colon is optional before the variable names.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_550"> TO triangle size<br/> REPEAT 3 [ FORWARD size LEFT 120 ]<br/> END<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_560">String notation supports also orthographical and Python syntax.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_570"> PRINT "word ; original Logo syntax<br/> PRINT “Arbitrary text.” ; orthography, Writer<br/> PRINT 'Arbitrary text.' ; Python syntax<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_580">Python list and string handling</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_590"> PRINT “text”[2] ; print “x”<br/> PRINT “text”[1:3] ; print “ex”<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_600">Python-like FOR loop</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_610">Python-like variable declaration:</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_620"> x = 15<br/> PRINT x<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_630">There are no extra query functions:</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_640"> PRINT FILLCOLOR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_650">Alternative parenthesization in function calls</paragraph> + <paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_660"> TO star size color<br/> FILLCOLOR color<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/></paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_670">LibreLogo commands</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_680">Basic syntax</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_690">Case sensitivity</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_700">Commands, color constants are case insensitive:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_710"> PRINT “Hello, World!”<br/> print “Hello, World, again!”<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_720">Variable names are case sensitive:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_730"> a = 5<br/> A = 7<br/> PRINT a<br/> PRINT A<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_740">Program lines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_750">Lines of a LibreLogo program are paragraphs in the Writer document. A program line can contain multiple commands:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_760"> PRINT “Hello, World!” PRINT “LibreLogo”<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_770">Comments</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_780">Lines or line parts are comments from a semicolon to the end of the line (paragraph):</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_790"> ; some comments<br/> PRINT 5 * 5 ; some comments<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_800">Break program lines to multiple paragraphs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_810">It’s possible to break a program line for more paragraphs using the character tilde at the end of the line:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_820"> PRINT “This is a very long ” + ~<br/> “warning message”<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_830">Turtle moving</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_840">FORWARD (fd)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_850"> FORWARD 10 ; move forward 10pt (1pt = 1/72 inch)<br/> FORWARD 10pt ; see above<br/> FORWARD 0.5in ; move forward 0.5 inch (1 inch = 2.54 cm)<br/> FORWARD 1" ; see above<br/> FD 1mm<br/> FD 1cm<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_860">BACK (bk)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_870"> BACK 10 ; move back 10pt<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_880">LEFT (lt)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_890"> LEFT 90 ; turn counterclockwise 90 degrees<br/> LEFT 90° ; see above<br/> LT 3h ; see above (clock position)<br/> LT any ; turn to a random position<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_900">RIGHT (rt)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_910"> RIGHT 90 ; turn clockwise 90 degrees<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_920">PENUP (pu)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_930"> PENUP ; turtle will move without drawing<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_940">PENDOWN (pd)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_950"> PENDOWN ; turtle will move with drawing<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_960">POSITION (pos)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_970"> POSITION [0, 0] ; turn and move to the top-left corner<br/> POSITION PAGESIZE ; turn and move to the bottom-right corner<br/> POSITION [PAGESIZE[0], 0] ; turn and move to the top-right corner<br/> POSITION ANY ; turn and move to a random position<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_980">HEADING (seth)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_990"> HEADING 0 ; turn north<br/> HEADING 12h ; see above<br/> HEADING [0, 0] ; turn to the top-left corner<br/> HEADING ANY ; turn to a random direction<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1000">Other turtle commands</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1010">HIDETURTLE (ht)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1020"> HIDETURTLE ; hide turtle (until the showturtle command)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1030">SHOWTURTLE (st)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1040"> SHOWTURTLE ; show turtle<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1050">HOME</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1060"> HOME ; reset initial turtle position<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1070">CLEARSCREEN (cs)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1080"> CLEARSCREEN ; remove drawing objects of the document<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1090">FILL and CLOSE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1100"> FILL ; close and fill the actual line shape or points<br/> CLOSE ; close the actual line shape or join the actual points<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1102">Example: filling a regular triangle:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1104"> FORWARD 50 LEFT 120 FORWARD 50 FILL<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1106">Example: drawing a regular triangle:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1108"> FORWARD 50 LEFT 120 FORWARD 50 CLOSE<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1110">Pen settings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1120">PENSIZE (ps)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1130"> PENSIZE 100 ; line width is 100 points<br/> PENSIZE ANY ; equivalent of PENSIZE RANDOM 10<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1140">PENCOLOR/PENCOLOUR (pc)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1150"> PENCOLOR “red” ; set red pen color (by color name, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow color (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOR 0xffff00 ; set yellow color (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOR 0 ; set black color (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOR ANY ; random color<br/> PENCOLOR [5] ; set red color (by color identifier, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR “invisible” ; invisible pen color for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOR “~red” ; set random red color<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1151">PENTRANSPARENCY</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1152"> PENTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual pen color to 80%<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1153">PENCAP/LINECAP</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1155"> PENCAP “none” ; without extra line end (default)<br/> PENCAP “round” ; rounded line end<br/> PENCAP “square” ; square line end<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1160">PENJOINT/LINEJOINT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1170"> PENJOINT “rounded” ; rounded line joint (default)<br/> PENJOINT “miter” ; sharp line joint<br/> PENJOINT “bevel” ; bevel line joint<br/> PENJOINT “none” ; without line joint<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1180">PENSTYLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1190"> PENSTYLE “solid” ; solid line (default)<br/> PENSTYLE “dotted” ; dotted line<br/> PENSTYLE “dashed” ; dashed line<br/> <br/> ; custom dot–dash pattern specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – number of the neighbouring dots<br/> ; – length of a dot<br/> ; – number of the neighbouring dashes<br/> ; – length of a dash<br/> ; – distance of the dots/dashes<br/> ; – type (optional):<br/> ; 0 = dots are rectangles (default)<br/> ; 2 = dots are squares (lengths and distances are relative to the pensize)<br/> <br/> PENSTYLE [3, 1mm, 2, 4mm, 2mm, 2] ; ...––...––...––<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1200">Fill settings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1210">FILLCOLOR/FILLCOLOUR (fc)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1220"> FILLCOLOR “blue” ; fill with blue color, see also PENCOLOR<br/> FILLCOLOR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”] ; gradient between red and blue<br/> FILLCOLOR [[255, 255, 255], [255, 128, 0]] ; between white and orange<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”, 1, 0, 0] ; set axial gradient (with the required rotation and border settings), possible values: 0-5 = linear, axial, radial, elliptical, square and rectangle gradients<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20] ; linear with 20% border, rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20, 0, 0, 200, 50] ; from 200% to 50% intensity<br/> FILLCOLOR [ANY, ANY, 2, 0, 0, 50, 50] ; radial gradient with random colors and 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1225">FILLTRANSPARENCY</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1226"> FILLTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual fill color to 80%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 0%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 20%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 1, 90] ; set axial transparency gradient rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 2, 0, 20, 50, 50] ; set radial transparency gradient from outer 80% to inner 20% transparency with 20% border and with 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1230">FILLSTYLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1240"> FILLSTYLE 0 ; fill without hatches (default)<br/> FILLSTYLE 1 ; black single hatches (horizontal)<br/> FILLSTYLE 2 ; black single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 3 ; black single hatches (-45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 4 ; black single hatches (vertical)<br/> FILLSTYLE 5 ; red crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 6 ; red crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 7 ; blue crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 8 ; blue crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 9 ; blue triple crossed<br/> FILLSTYLE 10 ; black wide single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> <br/> ; custom hatches specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – style (1 = single, 2 = double, 3 = triple hatching)<br/> ; – color<br/> ; – distance<br/> ; – degree<br/> <br/> FILLSTYLE [2, “green”, 3pt, 15°] ; green crossed hatches (15 degrees)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1250">Drawing objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1260">CIRCLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1270"> CIRCLE 100 ; draw a circle shape (diameter = 100pt)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1280">ELLIPSE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1290"> ELLIPSE [50, 100] ; draw an ellipse with 50 and 100 diameters<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h] ; draw an elliptical sector (from 2h clock position to 12h)<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h, 2] ; draw an elliptical segment<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h, 3] ; draw an elliptical arc<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1300">SQUARE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1310"> SQUARE 100 ; draw a square shape (size = 100pt)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1320">RECTANGLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1330"> RECTANGLE [50, 100] ; draw a rectangle shape (50×100pt)<br/> RECTANGLE [50, 100, 10] ; draw a rectangle with rounded corners<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1340">POINT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1350"> POINT ; draw a point with size and color of the pen<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1354">CLOSE can join the last points, FILL can fill the shape defined by points. For example, it’s easy to draw a “flat” star starting from its center:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1357"> PENUP<br/> REPEAT 5 [<br/> FORWARD 80<br/> POINT<br/> BACK 80<br/> RIGHT 36<br/> FORWARD 50<br/> POINT<br/> BACK 50<br/> RIGHT 120<br/> ] FILL<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1360">LABEL</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1370"> LABEL “text” ; print text in the turtle position<br/> LABEL 'text' ; see above<br/> LABEL "text ; see above (only for single words)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1380">TEXT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1390"> CIRCLE 10 TEXT “text” ; set text of the actual drawing object<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1400">Font settings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1410">FONTCOLOR/FONTCOLOUR</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1420"> FONTCOLOR “green” ; set font color<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1430">FONTFAMILY</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1440"> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G” ; set font (family)<br/> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G:smcp=1” ; set also font feature (small caps)<br/> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G:smcp=1&onum=1” ; small caps + old figures<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1450">FONTSIZE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1460"> FONTSIZE 12 ; set 12pt<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1470">FONTWEIGHT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1480"> FONTWEIGHT “bold” ; set bold font<br/> FONTWEIGHT “normal” ; set normal weight<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1490">FONTSTYLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1500"> FONTSTYLE “italic” ; set italic variant<br/> FONTSTYLE “normal” ; set normal variant<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1510">PICTURE (pic)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1520">PICTURE is for </paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1530">shape grouping;</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1540">starting new line shapes;</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1545">saving SVG images and SVG/SMIL animations;</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1550">keeping the consistency of positions and line shapes at the left border.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1560">Shape grouping</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1570"> ; PICTURE [ LibreLogo_commands ]<br/> PICTURE [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 100 ] ; tree-like grouped shape<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1580">See also “Group” in %PRODUCTNAME Writer Help.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1590"> TO tree location<br/> PENUP POSITION location HEADING 0 PENDOWN<br/> PICTURE [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 100 ] ; tree-like grouped shape<br/> END<br/> <br/> PICTURE [ tree [230, 400] tree [300, 400] ] ; grouped shapes in a grouped shape<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1600">Starting new line shapes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1610"> PICTURE ; start a new line shape<br/> FORWARD 10 PICTURE FORWARD 10 ; two line shapes<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1614">Saving SVG images</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1617"> PICTURE “example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; save the picture as an SVG image file in the user folder<br/> PICTURE “Desktop/example.svg” [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 5 ] ; as above, with a relative path<br/> PICTURE “/home/user/example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; absolute path for Unix/Linux<br/> PICTURE “C:\example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; absolute path for Windows<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1618">Saving SVG/SMIL animations (drawings with SLEEP commands)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1619"> PICTURE “animation.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 SLEEP 1000 CIRCLE 99 ] ; save as an SVG/SMIL animation (see also SLEEP)<br/> PICTURE “animation2.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 SLEEP 1000 CIRCLE 99 SLEEP 2000 ] ; as above, but using SLEEP after the last object will result looping: after 2 seconds the SVG animation restarts in SMIL-conformant browsers</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1620">Consistency at the left border</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1630">Use PICTURE to keep the consistency of positions and line shapes at the left border of Writer:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1640"> PICTURE [ CIRCLE 20 POSITION [-100, 100] CIRCLE 20 ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1650">Loops</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1660">REPEAT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1670"> ; REPEAT number [ commands ]<br/> <br/> REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 45 CIRCLE 10 ] ; repeat 10 times<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1680"> ; number is optional<br/> <br/> REPEAT [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1690">REPCOUNT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1700">Loop variable (also in the FOR and WHILE loops).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1710"> REPEAT 100 [ FORWARD REPCOUNT LEFT 90 ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1720">FOR IN</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1730">Loop for the list elements:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1740"> FOR i IN [1, 5, 7, 9, 11] [<br/> FORWARD i<br/> LEFT 90<br/> ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1750">Loop for the characters of a character sequence:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1760"> FOR i IN “text” [<br/> LABEL i<br/> FORWARD 10<br/> ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1770">WHILE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1780"> WHILE TRUE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> WHILE REPCOUNT <= 10 [ FORWARD 50 LEFT 36 ] ; as REPEAT 10 [ ... ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1790">BREAK</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1800">Stop the loop.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1810"> REPEAT [ ; endless loop<br/> POSITION ANY<br/> IF REPCOUNT = 100 [ BREAK ] ; equivalent of the REPEAT 100 [ ... ]<br/> ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1820">CONTINUE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1830">Jump into the next iteration of the loop.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1840"> REPEAT 100 [<br/> POSITION ANY<br/> IF REPCOUNT % 2 = 0 [ CONTINUE ]<br/> CIRCLE 10 ; draw circles on every 2nd positions<br/> ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1850">Conditions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1860">IF</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1870"> ; IF condition [ true block ]<br/> ; IF condition [ true block ] [ false block ]<br/> <br/> IF a < 10 [ PRINT “Small” ]<br/> IF a < 10 [ PRINT “Small” ] [ PRINT “Big” ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1880">AND, OR, NOT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1890">Logical operators.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1900"> IF a < 10 AND NOT a = 5 [ PRINT “0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 or 9” ]<br/> IF a < 10 AND a != 5 [ PRINT “0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 or 9” ] ; as above<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1910">Subroutines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1920">TO, END</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1930">New word (or procedure).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1940"> TO triangle<br/> REPEAT 2 [ FORWARD 100 RIGHT 120 ] FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> REPEAT 10 [ triangle PENUP POSITION ANY PENDOWN ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1950">OUTPUT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1960">Return value of the function.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1970"> TO randomletter<br/> OUTPUT RANDOM “qwertzuiopasdfghjklyxcvbnm”<br/> END<br/> <br/> PRINT randomletter + randomletter + randomletter ; print 3-letter random character sequence<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_1980">STOP</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_1990">Return from the procedure.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2000"> TO example number<br/> IF number < 0 [ STOP ]<br/> PRINT SQRT number ; print square root<br/> ]<br/> <br/> example 100<br/> example -1 ; without output and error<br/> example 25<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2010">Default variables</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2020">ANY</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2030">Default random value of colors, etc.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2040"> PENCOLOR ANY ; random pen color<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2050">TRUE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2060">Logical value.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2070"> WHILE TRUE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> PRINT TRUE ; print true<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2080">FALSE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2090">Logical value.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2100"> WHILE NOT FALSE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> PRINT FALSE ; print false<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2110">PAGESIZE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2120"> PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, eg. [595.30, 841.89]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2130">PI/π</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2140"> PRINT PI ; print 3.14159265359<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2150">Input/Output</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2160">PRINT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2170"> PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialog box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2180">INPUT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2190"> PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialog box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2200">SLEEP</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2210"> SLEEP 1000 ; wait for 1000 ms (1 sec)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2220">GLOBAL</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2230">Set global variables used in procedures.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2240"> GLOBAL about<br/> about = “LibreLogo”<br/> <br/> TO example<br/> PRINT about<br/> GLOBAL about ; when we want to add a new value<br/> about = “new value for the global variable”<br/> END<br/> <br/> example<br/> PRINT about<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2250">Functions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2260">RANDOM</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2270"> PRINT RANDOM 100 ; random float number (0 <= x < 100)<br/> PRINT RANDOM “text” ; random letter of the “text”<br/> PRINT RANDOM [1, 2] ; random list element (1 or 2)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2280">INT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2290"> PRINT INT 3.8 ; print 3 (integer part of 3.8)<br/> PRINT INT RANDOM 100 ; random integer number (0 <= x < 100)<br/> PRINT INT “7” ; convert the string parameter to integer<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2300">FLOAT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2310"> ; convert the string parameter to float number<br/> PRINT 2 * FLOAT “5.5” ; print 11.0<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2320">STR</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2330"> ; convert the number parameter to string<br/> PRINT “Result: ” + STR 5 ; print “Result: 5”<br/> PRINT 10 * STR 5 ; print 5555555555<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2340">SQRT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2350"> PRINT SQRT 100 ; print 10, square root of 100<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2360">SIN</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2370"> PRINT SIN 90 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (sinus of 90° in radians)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2380">COS</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2390"> PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosinus of 0° in radians)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2395">LOG10</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2396"> PRINT LOG10 100 ; print 2.0 (common logarithm of 100)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2400">ROUND</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2410"> PRINT ROUND 3.8 ; print 4 (rounding 3.8)<br/> PRINT ROUND RANDOM 100 ; random integer number (0 <= x <= 100)<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2420">ABS</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2430"> PRINT ABS -10 ; print 10, absolute value of -10<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2440">COUNT</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2450"> PRINT COUNT “text” ; print 4, character count of “text”<br/> PRINT COUNT [1, 2, 3] ; print 3, size of the list<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2460">SET</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2470"> ; Convert list to Python set<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] ; print {4, 5, 6}<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] | SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {1, 4, 5, 6, 9}, union<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] & SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {4}, intersection<br/> PRINT SET ([4, 5, 6, 6]) - SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {5, 6}, difference<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] ^ SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {1, 5, 6, 9}, symmetric difference <br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2480">RANGE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2490"> ; Python-like list generation<br/> PRINT LIST RANGE 10 ; print [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]<br/> PRINT LIST RANGE 3 10 ; print [3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]<br/> PRINT LIST RANGE 3 10 3 ; print [3, 6, 9]<br/> <br/> FOR i IN RANGE 10 50 10 [ ; loop for [10, 20, 30, 40]<br/> FORWARD i<br/> LEFT 90<br/> ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2500">LIST</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2510"> ; remove the repeating elements of a list using set and list conversion<br/> PRINT LIST (SET [1, 3, 5, 5, 2, 1]) ; print [1, 3, 5, 2]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2520">TUPLE</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2530">Conversion to Python tuple (non-modifiable list)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2540"> PRINT TUPLE [4, 5]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2550">SORTED</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2560">It returns with a sorted list.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2570"> PRINT SORTED [5, 1, 3, 4] ; print [1, 3, 4, 5]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2580">SUB</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2590">Substitute character sequences using regex (regular expression) patterns.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2600"> PRINT SUB (“t”, “T”, “text”) ; print “Text”, replacing “t” with “T”<br/> PRINT SUB (“(.)”, “\\1\\1”, “text”) ; print “tteexxtt”, doubling every characters<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2610">SEARCH</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2620">Search character sequences patterns using regex patterns.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2630"> IF SEARCH (“\w”, "word") [ PRINT “Letter in the word.” ]<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2640">FINDALL</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2650">Find all character sequences in the input string matching the given regex pattern.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2660"> PRINT FINDALL(“\w+”, “Dogs, cats.”) ; print [“Dogs”, “cats”], the list of the words.<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2670">MIN</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2680"> PRINT MIN [1, 2, 3] ; print 1, the lowest element of the list<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2690">MAX</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2700"> PRINT MAX [1, 2, 3] ; print 3, the greatest element of the list<br/></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_2710">Color constants</paragraph> +<paragraph role="logocode" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2720"> PENCOLOR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOR “~SILVER” ; random silver color<br/> <br/></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_colorconstants"><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2740" role="tablehead">Identifier</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2750" role="tablehead">Name</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2770">0</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2780">BLACK</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2800">1</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2810">SILVER</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2830">2</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2840">GRAY/GREY</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2860">3</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2870">WHITE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2890">4</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2900">MAROON</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2920">5</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2930">RED</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2950">6</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2960">PURPLE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2980">7</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_2990">FUCHSIA/MAGENTA</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3010">8</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3020">GREEN</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3040">9</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3050">LIME</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3070">10</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3080">OLIVE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3100">11</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3110">YELLOW</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3130">12</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3140">NAVY</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3160">13</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3170">BLUE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3190">14</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3200">TEAL</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3220">15</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3230">AQUA</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3250">16</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3260">PINK</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3280">17</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3290">TOMATO</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3310">18</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3320">ORANGE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3340">19</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3350">GOLD</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3370">20</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3380">VIOLET</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3400">21</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3410">SKYBLUE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3430">22</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3440">CHOCOLATE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3460">23</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3470">BROWN</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow><tablerow> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3490">24</paragraph></tablecell> +<tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_3500">INVISIBLE</paragraph></tablecell> +</tablerow></table> +</body></helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a140c180 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swritermailmergetoolbarxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Toolbar</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="mail_merge_toolbar"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id201703240024554113" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703240025596148" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The Mail Merge Toolbar contains commands for the final steps of the mail merge process.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph id="par_id030820161754175468" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Go to menu <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars</item> and select <item type="menuitem">Mail Merge</item></paragraph> +</section> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCurrentEntry" id="bm_id9046601" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Recipient number)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeFirstEntry" id="bm_id735801" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergePrevEntry" id="bm_id290536" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeNextEntry" id="bm_id2619708" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeLastEntry" id="bm_id1293679" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeExcludeEntry" id="bm_id108340" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exclude recipient</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCreateDocuments" id="bm_id1743827" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Individual Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customized as needed.</paragraph> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp#save_merged_document"/> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp#print_merged_document"/> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp#send_merged_document_as_email"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..405fe1b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Welcome to the $[officename] Writer Help</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_WIN" id="bm_id3147244" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" id="bm_id3147247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/06/youtubevideos.xhp#whatisit"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp#main0503"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#main"/> +<embed href="text/schart/main0000.xhp#chart_main"/> +<embed href="text/sdatabase/main.xhp#base"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp#main0100"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp#main0200"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> +<section id="helpabouthelp"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Help about the Help</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/05/00000100.xhp#help"/> +<embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#newhlp"/> +<embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#hlpindx01"/> +<embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#bkm01"/> +<embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#hlpcnts01"/> +<embed href="text/shared/05/00000001.xhp#00000001"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..877821025 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Menus</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="menus"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147274" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main0100"><link href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp" name="Menus">Menus</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149569" xml-lang="en-US">The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.</paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000011.xhp#menu_commands_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0101.xhp#file"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0102.xhp#edit"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0103.xhp#view"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0104.xhp#insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0105.xhp#format"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0115.xhp#styles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0120.xhp#form"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#table"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0106.xhp#tools"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0107.xhp#window"/> +<embed href="text/shared/main0108.xhp#help"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c0141c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0101xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">File</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0101.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + + <body> + <section id="file"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FileMenu" id="bm_id4299142" localize="false"/> + + <h1 id="hd_id3147331" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0101.xhp" name="File">File</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3147352" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">These commands apply to the current document, open a new document, or close the application.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01010000.xhp#new"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp#open"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01020001.xhp#openremote"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01990000.xhp#recentdocs"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01050000.xhp#close"/> + <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp#wizards"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp#templates"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/07060000.xhp#reload"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp#versions"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01060000.xhp#save"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01060001.xhp#saveremote"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#saveas"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01180000.xhp#saveall"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01060002.xhp#saveacopy"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp#export"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01070002.xhp#exportas"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01160000.xhp#send"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp#previewinbrowser"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#printpreview"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp#print"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp#printersetup"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp#properties"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp#digitalsignatures"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01170000.xhp#exit"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46b53eac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0102xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0102.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="edit"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditMenu" id="bm_id8177739" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149610" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0102.xhp" name="Edit">Edit</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149626" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp#undo"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02020000.xhp#redo"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02030000.xhp#repeat"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02040000.xhp#cut"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02050000.xhp#copy"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02060000.xhp#paste"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp#pastespecialmenu"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp#select_all"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#selection_mode"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147619" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp" name="Select Text">Select Text</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#selecttext"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp#find"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#find_and_replace"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id102920150120455108" xml-lang="en-US">Go to Page</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id102920150120456660" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog box to enter which page number should be shown. (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+G</keycode>) +</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp#track_changes"/> +<h2 id="hd_id11603124968334">Comment</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id941603125587454"> Shows submenu that gives options to reply, resolve and delete comments.</paragraph><comment>When a submenu for Comment is made, then replace label and description with an embed - 19.10.20</comment> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp#edit_reference_head"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<h2 id="hd_id0914201501170124" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#fields_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id0914201501170171" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Links">Links to External Files</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp#links_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id0914201502131542" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02200000.xhp" name="Object">Object</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02200000.xhp#object_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#exchange_database"/> +<h2 id="hd_id102920150120456626" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp" name="Direct Cursor Mode">Direct Cursor Mode</link></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id102920150120459176" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Allows a user to click at the beginning, middle, or end of any possible text line on a page and then begin typing.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#edit_mode"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc44b893 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0103xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">View</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0103.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="view"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ViewMenu" id="bm_id7882320" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147233"><link href="text/swriter/main0103.xhp" name="View">View</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147249" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This menu contains commands for controlling the on-screen display of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<h2 id="par_id102720150703473580"><link href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp">Normal</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp#normal_layout_text"/> + +<h2 id="par_id102720150703478401"><link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp">Web</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp#web_layout_text"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp#using_the_notebook_bar"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/19090000.xhp#htmlsource"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/03990000.xhp#toolbars"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/03060000.xhp#status_bar"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#rulers"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id102720150854015048">Scrollbars</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id102720150854017277" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the horizontal and vertical scroll bars that are used to change the viewable area of a document that doesn't fit within the window.</paragraph> + +<embed href="text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp#grid_and_help_lines"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#nonprinting_chars"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp#text_boundaries"/> + +<h2 id="par_idN10613">Table Boundaries</h2> +<paragraph id="par_idN107CA" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Shows or hides the borders of table cells that have no set borders. The boundaries are only visible on screen and are not printed.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id102720150854011929">Images and Charts</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id102720150854013292" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide graphical objects like images and charts within a document.</paragraph> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp#show_whitespace_head"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp#showchanges"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id102720150854019880">Comments</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id102720150854014989" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide a document's comments and replies to them.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id981573492083329">Resolved comments</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331573492076499">Show or hide <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp#resolvecomments" name="resolve comments">resolved comments</link>.</paragraph> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#field_shadings"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#field_names"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#hidden_paragraphs"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp#sidebar"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#styles_and_formatting"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp#media_gallery"/> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#navigator"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp#data_sources"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/03110000.xhp#full_screen"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147265"><link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp" name="Zoom">Zoom</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp#zoom_text"/> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fee8f302 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0104xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0104.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<section id="insert"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertMenu" id="bm_id2305978" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0104.xhp" name="Insert">Insert</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3155358" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes images, media, charts, objects from other applications, hyperlink, comments, symbols, footnotes, and sections.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id030420160850525240" xml-lang="en-US">Page Break</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id030420160850533104" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPagebreak">Inserts a manual page break at the current cursor position and places the cursor at the beginning of the next page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp#morebreaks_submenu"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3158442" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="Image">Image</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#image_text"/> +<embed href="text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhp#chart"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04990000.xhp#media_submenu"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp#object_submenu"/> +<embed href="text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhp#shape_submenu"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147788" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Section">Section</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149428" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp" name="File">Text from File</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/> +<h2 id="hd_id030720160706334584" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#textbox_title" name="Textbox">Textbox</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#textbox_text"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp#comment"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp#frame_submenu"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#caption"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147281" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Bookmark">Bookmark</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#bookmark_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#cross_references"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#special_char"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formatting_mark"/> +<h2 id="hd_id030420161125315689" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal Line</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id030420161125315647" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp#footnote_and_endnote_submenu"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#table_of_context_index_submenu"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp#header_and_footer_submenu"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149865" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp" name="Envelope">Envelope</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#briefum"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp#addsignaturelineh1"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef80781df --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0105xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Format</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0105.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormatMenu" id="bm_id3047160" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147820"><link href="text/swriter/main0105.xhp" name="Format">Format</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147218" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatMenu">Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/submenu_text.xhp#submenu_text"/> +<embed href="text/shared/submenu_spacing.xhp#submenu_spacing"/> +<section id="Align-and-Lists"> +<h2 id="hd_id551602974854459">Align Text</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id741602974888780">Opens a submenu where you can align text and objects.</paragraph><comment>shared/01/05080000.xhp is the start for a submenu, but it needs to be elaborated and probably needs appl-switches for other modules. Heading and description here can be replaced with an embed to that submenu file. Can also embed submenu in simpress/main_format.xhp, then the section id here can be removed.</comment> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhp#paintbrush_head"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05010000.xhp#standard"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147261"><link href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp" name="Character">Character</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp#zeichentext"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147286"><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph">Paragraph</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp#absatztext"/> +<section id="Lists"> +<h2 id="hd_id951602975070826">Lists</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id461602975083850">Opens a submenu where you can modify the formatting of list paragraphs.</paragraph><comment>When a submenu is made for Lists, then the heading and text can be replaced with an embed to that file. Can also be embedded in simpress/main_format.xhp, and then section id can be removed.</comment> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3145784"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/Bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp#numauftext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp#PageStyle"/> +<h2 id="hd_id871602976197055">Title Page</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id471602976213270">Opens a dialog where you can design a title page.</paragraph><comment>When a help page is made for Title Page, then the heading and text can be replaced with the embed.</comment> +<h2 id="hd_id201602976343046">Comments</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id61602976356685">When comments are present, the character dialog is presented. Changes to font and font formatting are applied to all comments.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05060000.xhp#ruby"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145743"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="Columns">Columns</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spaltentext"/> +<h2 id="hd_id11602979335965"><link href="text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp" name="Watermark">Watermark</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp#waterm01"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145717"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Sections">Sections</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#bereichetext"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149935"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp" name="Image">Image</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#grafiktext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#object"/><comment>Text Box and Shape</comment> +<h2 id="hd_id881602977719329">Frame and Object</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951602977746649">Opens a submenu to link and unlink frames, and edit properties of a selected frame.</paragraph><comment>When a submenu is made for Frame and Object, then the heading and text can be replaced with the embed.</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190000.xhp#name_head"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190100.xhp#description_head"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp#anchoring"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#wrap"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp#arrange"/> +<h2 id="hd_id871602978482880">Rotate or Flip</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561602978499640">Opens a submenu where you can rotate or and flip a selected shape or image. Text boxes can only be rotated.</paragraph><comment>When a submenu is made for Rotate or Flip, then the heading and text can be replaced with the embed.</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp#group"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bd635d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0106xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Tools</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0106.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <section id="tools"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToolsMenu" id="bm_id8101443" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3147241" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0106.xhp" name="Tools">Tools</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3147258" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06990000.xhp#spelling"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id691612907136111"><link href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp" name="Automatic Spell Checking">Automatic Spell Checking</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#automatisch"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp#thesaurus"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06010500.xhp#language"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#wordcount"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp#accessibilitycheckheading"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#autoformat"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#autotext"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3156150"><link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp" name="ImageMap">ImageMap</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp#imagemaptext"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id621628789958422"><link href="text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp" name="Redact">Redact</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp#redaction_desc"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id231628790402002"><link href="text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp" name="AutoRedact">Auto-Redact</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp#auto_redact_var"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp" name="Chapter Numbering">Chapter Numbering</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#kapnum"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3145688" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Line Numbering">Line Numbering</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#zeinum"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3145713" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Footnotes">Footnotes and Endnotes</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp#fnoten"/> + + <embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp#biblio_db"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp#litdattext"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id501612910204859"><link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Address Book Source">Address Book Source</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp#address_book_assignment"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#update"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp#protectdocumentheading"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp#calculate"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3147346" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp" name="Sort">Sort</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06130001.xhp#macro"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp#packagemanager"/> + + <h2 id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp#anpassen"/> + <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp#options"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a058f883d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0107xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Window</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0107.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="window"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WindowList" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147259" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3147248" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0107.xhp" name="Window">Window</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147269" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:WindowList" visibility="visible">Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/01/07010000.xhp#newwindow"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/10100000.xhp#close"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/07080000.xhp#document_list"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e75ca333 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0110xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0110.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableMenu" id="bm_id1366008" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp">Table</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_idN10563" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<h2 id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Insert Table</link></h2> +<paragraph id="par_idN105B8" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a new table.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN105AB" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id881605975490097"><variable id="submenu">Opens a submenu with the following command options:</variable></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id71605976065472">Rows Above</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id811605976075887">Insert a row above the row where the cursor is currently placed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id621605976125265">Rows Below</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id701605976138113">Insert a row below the row where the cursor is currently placed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="insertrows">Rows</link></h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens dialog box for inserting rows.<comment>see also swriter/02/0409</comment></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id841605976313559">Columns Before</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id531605976347665">Inserts a column before the column where the cursor is currently placed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id21605976318849">Columns After</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id731605976350615">Inserts a column after the column where the cursor is currently placed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="insertrows">Columns</link></h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN105D0" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens dialog box for inserting columns.<comment>see also swriter/02/0410</comment></paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id81605976578903" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#submenu"/></paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN1066A" xml-lang="en-US">Rows</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10616" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Deletes the selected rows.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN1060D" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10610" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Deletes the selected columns.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteTable" id="bm_id7886898" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Table</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN1060A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the current table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US">Select</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SelectTable" id="bm_id3954588" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id851605976580614" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#submenu"/></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EntireCell" id="bm_id6957914" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="par_idN10635" xml-lang="en-US">Cell</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10638" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the current cell.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN1062F" xml-lang="en-US">Row</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10632" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Selects the current row.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN10629" xml-lang="en-US">Column</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN1062C" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Selects the current column.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN10623" xml-lang="en-US">Table</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10626" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the current table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN105FB" xml-lang="en-US">Size</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41605977320372" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#submenu"/></paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN106E9" xml-lang="en-US">Row Height</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN106EC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id451605990864684">Minimize Row Height</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id261605990897312">Set the row height to the smallest possible for the content in each selected row.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN106EF" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp">Optimal Row Height</link></h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/> + +<h3 id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp">Distribute Rows Evenly</link></h3> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#verteilentext"/> + +<h3 id="par_idN106B5" xml-lang="en-US">Column Width</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN106B8" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id671605991381461">Minimize Column Width</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581605991965966">Set column width to the smallest possible for the content in each selected column.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN106BB" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp">Optimal Column Width</link></h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/> + +<h3 id="par_idN106D2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp">Distribute Columns Evenly</link></h3> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#verteilentext"/> + +<h2 id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp">Merge Cells</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbindentext"/> + +<h2 id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp">Split Cells</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#teilentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#merge_table"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#split_table"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id371605978330177">Protect Cells</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#protectcells"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id531605978352545">Unprotect Cells</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#unprotectcells"/> + +<h2 id="par_idN105F7" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp">AutoFormat Styles</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#autoformattabelle"/> + +<h2 id="par_idN1060F" xml-lang="en-US">Number Format</h2> +<paragraph id="par_idN107AC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can specify the format of numbers in the table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/20459" id="bm_id4031800" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id931605978707761"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="numberrecognition">Number Recognition</link></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id511605978897703">Toggles the setting for automatically recognizing numbers or dates that you enter into a table cell, converting them from text to an appropriate number format.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id711630938569930">Header Rows Repeat Across Pages</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id451630938722616">Repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id191630938574129">Rows to Break Across Pages</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id841630938899606">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table. This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN10603" xml-lang="en-US">Convert</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTextToTable" id="bm_id1469161" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id321605979158760" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#submenu"/></paragraph> + +<h3 id="par_idN1074C" xml-lang="en-US">Text to Table</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN1074F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the selected text to a table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTableToText" id="bm_id3982665" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="par_idN10763" xml-lang="en-US">Table to Text</h3> +<paragraph id="par_idN10766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the current table to text.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN1092F" xml-lang="en-US">Text Formula</h2> +<paragraph id="par_idN10933" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">Formula bar</link> to enter or edit a formula.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="par_idN10607" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp">Sort</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/><comment>UFI: removed help ids</comment> + +<h2 id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp">Properties</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#tabletext"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a26fb7871 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0115xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Styles (menu)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0115.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> + <section id="styles"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormatStylesMenu" id="bm_id1366008" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0115.xhp">Styles</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_idN10563" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains commands to apply, create, edit, update, load, and manage <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="styles">styles</link> in a text document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <h2 id="hd_id121529878513674" xml-lang="en-US">Text styles entries</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id411529878520742" xml-lang="en-US">The entries includes most common paragraph, character and list styles. Click on the style to apply.</paragraph> + <tip id="par_id451529878529005" xml-lang="en-US">You can customize the list of styles entries using menu <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="customize menu"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. Because custom styles belongs to the actual document, remember to store the customized menu in the document scope.</tip> + <h2 id="hd_id991529881414793" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Style</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id111529881420452" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the Paragraph Style dialog box of the current paragraph.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id111529881431158" xml-lang="en-US">Update Selected Style</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id971529881437377" xml-lang="en-US">Update the paragraph style with the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link> applied to the current paragraph.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id191529881446409" xml-lang="en-US">New Style from Selection</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331529881457275" xml-lang="en-US">Adds a paragraph style with the settings of the current selection. You will be prompted to enter the style name.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id351529881470044" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="Load Styles">Load Styles from Template</link></h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id551529883682302" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="import style">Import styles</link> from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id361529881482828" xml-lang="en-US">Manage Styles</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901529883673111" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="linkname">Styles deck</link> in the sidebar.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61582ff91 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="writerformmenu" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Form Menu</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0120.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="form"> + <bookmark id="bm_id601529755027114" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormMenu" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id111529755027117"><link href="text/swriter/main0120.xhp" name="Form menu">Form</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id991529755027118" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="form_intro"><ahelp hid=".">Contains commands for activate form design mode, open control wizards and insert form controls in your document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="form_design_mode"> + <h2 id="hd_id551529758534136">Design Mode</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id791529758540932" xml-lang="en-US">Enable or disable form design mode.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="form_control_wizard"> + <h2 id="hd_id121529758546072">Control Wizards</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id271529758552229" xml-lang="en-US">Enable or disable control wizards.</paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#labelfield"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#textbox"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#checkbox"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#optionbutton"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#listbox"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#combobox"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#pushbutton"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#imagebutton"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#formattedfield"/> +<h2 id="hd_id571529784049416">More fields</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951529784060420" xml-lang="en-US">Date, time, numerical, currency and pattern form fields.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#groupbox"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#imagecontrol"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#fileselection"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#tablecontrol"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#navigationbar"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp#control"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp#form_properties"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp#form_navigator"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp#taborder"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp#open_in_design_mode"/> +<section id="activation_order"> + <h2 id="hd_id811529763403256">Automatic Control Focus</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id281529763411414" xml-lang="en-US">Enable or disable Automatic Control Focus</paragraph> +</section> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d895fac1b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Toolbars</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="toolbars"> +<h1 id="hd_id3145782"><variable id="main0200"><link href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp" name="Toolbars">Toolbars</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145481" xml-lang="en-US">This section provides an overview of the toolbars available in $[officename] Writer. <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/> +</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="Section1"> +<embed href="text/shared/main0201.xhp#standardbar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section2"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp#formatting_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section33"> +<embed href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp#drawingbar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section34"> +<embed href="text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp#Find_Bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section3"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0203.xhp#image_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section4"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0215.xhp#frame_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section5"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp#OLE_object_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section6"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp#table_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section7"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0205.xhp#drawing_object_properties_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section8"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp#bullets_and_numbering_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section9"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0220.xhp#text_object_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section11"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0208.xhp#status"/> +</section> +<section id="Section14"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp#print_preview"/> +</section> +<section id="Section15"> +<embed href="text/shared/main0212.xhp#database"/> +</section> +<section id="Section17"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp#rulers"/> +</section> +<section id="Section18"> +<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#formula_bar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section10"> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#insert"/> +</section> +<section id="Section11"> +<embed href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp#toolbar"/> +</section> +<section id="Section16"> +<embed href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp#mail_merge_toolbar"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec3c296d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0202xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formatting Bar</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0202.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="formatting_bar"> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154270"><link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp" name="Formatting Bar">Formatting Bar</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147762" role="paragraph">The Formatting bar contains several text formatting functions.</paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01230000.xhp#stylist"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/01230000.xhp#systylist"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#paragraph_style"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#syparagraph_style"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#font_name"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#syfont_name"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#font_size"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#syfont_size"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp#bold"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sybold"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp#italic"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syitalic"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp#underline"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syunderline"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp#left"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_left"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp#center"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sycenter"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp#right"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_right"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp#block"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#numbering"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#synumbering"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp#toggle_bullets"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp#sytoggle_bullets"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#nolist"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#synolist"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02130000.xhp#indentdecrease"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02130000.xhp#indentdecreaseicon"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02140000.xhp#indentincrease"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02140000.xhp#indentincreaseicon"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149593"><link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#FontColor" name="Font Color">Font Color</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#textfarbe"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syfont_color"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#character_highlight"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#sycharacter_highlight"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#background_color"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#sybackground_color"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149887">Additional icons</h2> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0122200903085320">Increase Font</h2> +<section id="increasesize"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Grow" id="bm_id0122200902451213" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0122200903085371" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Increases the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id012220090308532">Reduce Font</h2> +<section id="decreasesize"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Shrink" id="bm_id0122200902452932" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0122200903085351" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Reduces the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149900" role="paragraph">If <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl" name="CTL">CTL</link> support is enabled, two additional icons are visible.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ParaLeftToRight" id="bm_id2946959" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149946">Left-To-Right</h2> + <table id="tbl_id2270882"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10784" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id8354747" src="cmd/sc_paralefttoright.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id8354747">left to right icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaLeftToRight">The text is entered from left to right.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ParaRightToLeft" id="bm_id25480" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147300">Right-To-Left</h2> + <table id="tbl_id3011566"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DF" role="tablecontent"> +<image id="img_id2405774" src="cmd/sc_pararighttoleft.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2405774">right to left icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147625" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaRightToLeft">The text formatted in a complex text layout language is entered from right to left.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5180db61c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0203xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Image Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0203.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="image_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154274" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154263" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0203.xhp" name="Image Bar">Image Bar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147756" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar contains functions for formatting and positioning selected bitmap graphics.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section><embed href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp#filter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp#syfilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24020000.xhp#graphics_mode"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24020000.xhp#sygraphics_mode"/><embed href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp#color"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24090000.xhp#transparency"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24090000.xhp#sytransparency"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3145606" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Flip Vertically">Flip Vertically</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#vertikaltext"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3145639" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Flip Horizontally">Flip Horizontally</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#horizontaltext"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3145673" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp" name="Graphics Properties">Graphics Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#grafiktext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#sygraphics_properties"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdd3894bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0204xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0204.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="table_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154243" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3145587"><link href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp" name="Table Bar">Table Bar</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Table </emph>Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#insert_rows"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#syinsert_rows"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#insert_column"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#syinsert_column"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp" name="Delete Row">Delete Row</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#loeschentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#sydelete_row"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147231" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp" name="Delete Column">Delete Column</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#loeschentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#sydelete_columns"/> +<comment>following only optional, ext.help is available: Select Table Select Column Select Row</comment> +<h2 id="hd_id3147592"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp" name="Merge Cells">Merge Cells</link></h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbindentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#symerge_cells"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#sysplit_cells"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#optimize"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#syoptimize"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#top"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#center_vertical"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#bottom"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#background_color"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#sybackground_color"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id943333820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat">AutoFormat</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#autoformattabelle"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syborders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#line_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#syline_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#border_color"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#syborder_color"/> +<h2 id="hd_id94007820"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp" name="Sort">Sort</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#sum"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#sysum"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#table_properties"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97db0006a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0205xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Drawing Object Properties Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0205.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="drawing_object_properties_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3147568" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154275" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0205.xhp" name="Drawing Object Properties Bar">Drawing Object Properties Bar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX">You can see the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> bar in Writer and Calc. Select the menu View - Toolbars - Drawing Object Properties. The controls are enabled when a drawing object is selected. You see some different icons by default, whether the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp#line"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syline"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05020000.xhp#arrow_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05020000.xhp#syarrow_style"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147784" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Style">Line Style</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#stiltext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syline_style"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147818" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Width">Line Width</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#breitetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syline_width"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#farbetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syline_color"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syarea"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147280" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Area Style/Filling">Area Style/Filling</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#sytext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syarea_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp#rotate"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp#syrotate"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#anchoring"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syanchoring"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250500.xhp#to_foreground"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syto_foreground"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250600.xhp#to_background"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syto_background"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#bring_to_front"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sybring_to_front"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#send_to_back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sysend_to_back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#alignment"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#syalignment"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d32fdb294 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0206xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Bullets and Numbering Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0206.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="bullets_and_numbering_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_NUM_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154267" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154256" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering Bar">Bullets and Numbering Bar</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154277" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NUM_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar contains functions to modify the structure of list paragraphs, including changing their order and list level.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp#demote_one_level"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp#sydemote_one_level"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp#promote_one_level"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp#sypromote_one_level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#demote_one_level_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#sydemote_one_level_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#promote_one_level_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#sypromote_one_level_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06110000.xhp#move_down"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06110000.xhp#symove_down"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06100000.xhp#move_up"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/06100000.xhp#symove_up"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#move_down_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#symove_down_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#move_up_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#symove_up_with_subpoints"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#insert_unnumbered_entry"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#syinsert_unnumbered_entry"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#restart_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#syrestart_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp#add_to_list"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp#add_to_list_icon"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp#bullets_and_numbering"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#sybullets_and_numbering"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..018d4d4d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0208xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Status Bar (Writer)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0208.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="status"> +<h1 id="hd_id3153397" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0208.xhp" name="Status Bar">Status Bar</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The Status Bar contains information about the current document and offers various buttons with special functions.</paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#pagenumber"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#wordcount"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/20020000.xhp#current_page_style"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LanguageStatus" id="bm_id8360850" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id9648731" xml-lang="en-US">Language</h2><comment>i80434</comment> +<paragraph id="par_id8193914" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the language for the selected text. Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id221603808238822" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>None</menuitem> to exclude the text from spellchecking and hyphenation. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id691603808343437" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>Reset to Default Language</menuitem> to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id291603808357876" role="listitem">Choose <menuitem>More</menuitem> to open the character formatting dialog with more options.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<embed href="text/shared/02/20040000.xhp#insert_mode"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/20050000.xhp#selection_mode"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/20060000.xhp#document_modification"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id0821200911015962" xml-lang="en-US">Digital Signature</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id0821200911015941" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click to start digital signature process. You must have a digital certificate to complete the process. See also <link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#combined_display"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id8070314" xml-lang="en-US">Zoom & View Layout</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id7723929" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Three controls on the Writer Status Bar allow you to change the zoom and view layout of your text documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ViewLayout" id="bm_id5961180" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3666188" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The View Layout icons show from left to right: Single column mode. View mode with pages side by side. Book mode with two pages as in an open book.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ZoomSlider" id="bm_id6407055" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id8796349" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Drag the Zoom slider to the left to show more pages, drag to the right to zoom into a page and show a smaller area of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/02/20030000.xhp#full_zoom_explanation"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d47a09fd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0210xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Print Preview Bar (Writer)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0210.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="print_preview"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_PVIEW_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154239" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_PAGEPREVIEW" id="bm_id3154242" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3145783" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="Print Preview">Print Preview</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154253" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Print Preview</emph> Bar appears when you view the current document in the print preview mode.</paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp#singlepage"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp#sysinglepage"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#two_pages"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#sytwo_pages"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#bookpreview"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#sybookpreview"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#multiple_pages"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#symultiple_pages"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp#first_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp#syfirst_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10010000.xhp#previous_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10010000.xhp#syprevious_page"/> +<h2 id="hd_id801649977850317">Jump to Specific Page</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id891649977865555">To go to a specific page in the Print Preview, type the page number in the entry box, then press <keycode>Enter</keycode>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10020000.xhp#next_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10020000.xhp#synext_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp#last_page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp#sylast_page"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#zoomout"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#syzoomout"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp#previewzoom"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#zoomin"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#syzoomin"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/03110000.xhp#full_screen"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#syfullscreen"/> +<h2 id="hd_id121649334614450">Print</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id641649334677475">Open the Print dialog.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syprint"/> +<section id="closepreview"> +<h2 id="hd_id581649332297923">Close Preview</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101649332370147">Exit from Print Preview.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id361649332206811"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id91649332206811"> +<image src="cmd/lc_closepreview.png" id="img_id451649332206811" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id221649332206811">Close Preview Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id661649332206811" role="paragraph">Close Preview</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c59b373e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0213xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Rulers</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0213.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="rulers"> + <paragraph id="hd_id3154201" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp" name="Rulers">Rulers</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154218" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers display the dimensions of the page, and the position of tabs, indents, borders and columns. You can modify all of these on the rulers using the mouse.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154239">By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting" name="direct paragraph formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/02/13010000.xhp#setting_tabs"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/13020000.xhp#indents_margins_columns"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc6dd6736 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0214xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formula Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0214.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="formula_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFormula" id="bm_id1816461" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="releistename"><link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp" name="Formula Bar">Formula Bar</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154254" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Formula</emph> Bar allows you to create and insert calculations into a text document.</ahelp> To activate the <emph>Formula</emph> Bar, press F2.</paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp#cell_reference"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#formula"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#syformula"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#cancel"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#sycancel"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#apply"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#syapply"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#formula_area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#syformula_area"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..349205342 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermain0215xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Bar</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/main0215.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <section id="frame_bar"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154262" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3154251"><link href="text/swriter/main0215.xhp" name="Frame Bar">Frame Bar</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154272"><ahelp hid="HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX">When a frame is selected, the <emph>Frame </emph>Bar provides the most important functions for formatting and positioning the frame.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#paragraph_style"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#syparagraph_style"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3147403"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap Off">Wrap Off</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147419">You can also choose this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_off"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153388"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap On">Wrap On</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153405">This icon represents the <emph>Page Wrap</emph> option on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_on"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3147782"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap Through">Wrap Through</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147799">You can also define this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_through"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#left"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syleft"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#center_horizontal"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sycenter_horizontal"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#right"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syright"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#top"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sytop"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#center_vertical"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sycenter_vertical"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#bottom"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sybottom"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#borders"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syborders"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#line_style"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#syline_style"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#border_color"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#syborder_color"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3151285"><link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link></h2> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#hintergrundfarbetext"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#sybackground_color"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3151320"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp" name="Frame Properties">Frame Properties</link></h2> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#rahm"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syframe_properties"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#bring_to_front"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sybring_to_front"/> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#send_to_back"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sysend_to_back"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#anchoring"/> + <embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syanchoring"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#link_frames"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#sylink_frames"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#unlink_frames"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#syunlink_frames"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..159323924 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0216xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">OLE Object Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0216.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="OLE_object_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_OLE_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3150736" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150726" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp" name="OLE Object Bar">OLE Object Bar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150746" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The <emph>OLE Object</emph> bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#paragraph_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#syparagraph_style"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="No Wrap">No Wrap</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US"> +<embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext"/> You can also choose this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_off"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147766" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147782" xml-lang="en-US"> +<embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext"/> This icon corresponds to the <emph>Page Wrap</emph> option on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_on"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap Through">Wrap Through</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147218" xml-lang="en-US"> +<embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext"/> You can also achieve the same effect through the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sywrap_through"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#left"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syleft"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#center_horizontal"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sycenter_horizontal"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#right"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syright"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#top"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sytop"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#center_vertical"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sycenter_vertical"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#bottom"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sybottom"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syborders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#line_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#syline_style"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#border_color"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#syborder_color"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151208" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp" name="Object Properties">Object Properties</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#objekttext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syobject_properties"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#bring_to_front"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sybring_to_front"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#send_to_back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sysend_to_back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#anchoring"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syanchoring"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01436cc62 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0220xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Object Bar</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0220.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="text_object_bar"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3155376" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155366" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0220.xhp" name="Text Object Bar">Text Object Bar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155386" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX">Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Object</emph> bar appears when you double-click inside a draw object.</paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#font_name"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#syfont_name"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#font_size"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#syfont_size"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp#bold"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sybold"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp#italic"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syitalic"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp#underline"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syunderline"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Superscript">Superscript</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#hochtext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sysuperscript"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147787" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Subscript">Subscript</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#tieftext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sysubscript"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp#left"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_left"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp#center"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sycenter"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp#right"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_right"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp#block"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02040000.xhp#text_left_to_right"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02040000.xhp#sytext_left_to_right"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02050000.xhp#text_top_to_bottom"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02050000.xhp#sytext_top_to_bottom"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp" name="Select All">Select All</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp#allestext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#syselect_all"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp" name="Character">Character</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp#zeichentext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#sycharacter"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145631" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph">Paragraph</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US">Here you can define the indents, spacing, alignment and line spacing for the paragraph currently selected.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#syparagraph"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ea4fc0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswritermain0503xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer Features</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/main0503.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="features"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154243" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main0503"><link href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp" name="$[officename] Writer Features">$[officename] Writer Features</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147755" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Writing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147768" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="faxes">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="merge documents">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147797" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spelling">spellchecker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="thesaurus">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp" name="Hyphenation">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147225" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing and Structuring</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147239" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles window</link> to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147272" xml-lang="en-US">You can also create various <link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp" name="indexes and tables">indexes and tables</link> in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="frames">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="graphics">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="tables">tables</link>, and other objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Calculations</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145663" xml-lang="en-US">Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp" name="calculation function">calculation function</link> that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151192" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating Drawings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151206" xml-lang="en-US">The $[officename] Writer <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="drawing tool">drawing tool</link> lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting Graphics</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151243" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert pictures with <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="different formats">different formats</link> into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the <link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp" name="Gallery">Gallery</link> provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the <link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork Gallery</link> creates stunning font effects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flexible Application Interface</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155098" xml-lang="en-US">The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp" name="dock">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag&Drop</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="drag-and-drop">drag-and-drop</link> feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155162" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Help Functions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145675" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp" name="Help system">Help system</link> as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including <link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="instructions">instructions</link> for simple and complex tasks.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d63ccf819 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermenuinsert_footnote_endnotexml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote and Endnote</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="footnote_and_endnote_submenu"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnotesMenu" id="bm_id030420161136426814" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id03042016113344773" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp">Footnote and Endnote</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030420161136126396" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The menu contains commands to insert a footnote or endnote with or without additional user interaction.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_id03042016113613789" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030420161138373075" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Insert a footnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id030420161138377837" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030420161138378865" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEndnote">Insert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147231" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Footnote">Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#fussnoteein"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68e857636 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermenuinsert_framexml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="frame_submenu"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameMenu" id="bm_id030720160603151903" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id030720160601535384" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp">Frame</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030720160603138925" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id030720160605268360" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Interactively</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030720160605261333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#frame"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150951" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp" name="Floating Frame">Floating Frame</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp#floating_frame_text"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0772f5d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritermenuinsert_header_footerxml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Header and Footer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="header_and_footer_submenu"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertHeaderFooterMenu" id="bm_id030720160442349015" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id030720160441573285" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp">Header and Footer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id030720160442296603" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu includes commands to add and remove page headers and footers.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#header"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#footer"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0260ab332 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswritersubmenumorebreaks" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">More Breaks (submenu)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#morebreaks"/> +</section> +<section id="morebreaks_submenu"> +<h1 id="hd_id651601651730204"> +<link href="text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp" name="morebreaks">More Breaks</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id911601651828340" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Submenu with additional row, column, and page breaks</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id41601652439817">Insert Manual Row Break</h2> +<paragraph role="image" id="par_id41601888013000"><image src="cmd/lc_insertlinebreak.svg" id="img_id281601888013000" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id381601888013000">Manual Row Break Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#row_break"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id651604885957774"> +<bookmark_value>text documents; inserting column breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>column breaks; inserting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>inserting; manual column breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual column breaks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h2 id="hd_id531601652875225">Insert Manual Column Break</h2> +<paragraph role="image" id="par_id121601888786076"><image src="cmd/lc_insertcolumnbreak.svg" id="img_id851601888786076" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id881601888786076">Manual Column Break Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#column_break"/> +<h2 id="hd_id281601654787535"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Manual Break">Manual Break</link></h2> +<paragraph role="image" id="par_id621601889272427"><image src="cmd/lc_insertbreak.svg" id="img_id461601889272427" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id31601889272427">Manual Break icon</alt></image></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#manual_break_text"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eff70974a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="trachchangestollbar" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Track Changes Toolbar</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="trackcahangestoolbarHead"> + <bookmark id="bm_id811647012520592" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/zzzz" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id671647012520594"><variable id="h1"><link href="text/shared/track_changes_toolbar.xhp" name="Track Changes Toolbar">Track Changes Toolbar</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id471647012520596" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Contains the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id261647012734234">Choose <menuitem>View - Toolbars - Track Changes</menuitem>.</paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp#showchanges"/> + + <section id="icon_show_changes"> + <table id="tab_id751647013245369"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id221647013245370" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_showtrackedchanges.svg" id="img_id801647013245371" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id821647013245372">Icon Show track changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id31647013245373" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show track changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230100.xhp#record_changes"/> + <section id="icon_record_changes"> + <table id="tab_id121647013362399"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id791647013362400" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_trackchanges.svg" id="img_id921647013362401" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id561647013362402">Icon Record Changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id781647013362404" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Record Changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <h2 id="hd_id731647013552967">Previous Track Change</h2> + <table id="tab_id701647013566068"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id901647013566069" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_previoustrackedchange.svg" id="img_id151647013566070" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id981647013566071">Icon Previous track change</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id391647013566073" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous track change</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id551647013674361">Next Track Change</h2> + <table id="tab_id891647013679439"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id231647013679440" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_nexttrackedchange.svg" id="img_id1001647013679441" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id971647013679442">Icon Next track change</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id531647013679443" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next track change</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id421647013795427">Accept Track Change</h2> + <table id="tab_id451647013785664"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id1001647013785665" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_accepttrackedchange.svg" id="img_id491647013785666" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id301647013785667">Icon Accept Track Change</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id971647013785668" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Accept Track Change</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id871647013918576">Reject Track Change</h2> + <table id="tab_id701647013912300"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id981647013912301" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_rejecttrackedchange.svg" id="img_id931647013912302" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id811647013912303">Icon Reject Track Change</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id21647013912304" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Reject Track Change</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id991647014048136">Accept All Tracked Changes</h2> + <table id="tab_id391647014053975"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id161647014053976" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_acceptalltrackedchanges.svg" id="img_id981647014053977" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id761647014053978">Icon Accept All Tracked Changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id701647014053979" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Accept All Tracked Changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id341647014115494">Reject All Tracked Changes</h2> + <table id="tab_id631647014121790"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id891647014121791" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_rejectalltrackedchanges.svg" id="img_id141647014121792" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id861647014121793">Icon Reject All Tracked Changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id451647014121795" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Reject All Tracked Changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id901647014258055">Accept Track Change and select next one</h2> + <table id="tab_id841647014293795"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id511647014293796" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_accepttrackedchangetonext.svg" id="img_id791647014293797" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id611647014293798">Icon Accept Track Change and select next one</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id851647014293800" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Accept Track Change and select next one</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <h2 id="hd_id451647014408416">Reject Track Change and select next one</h2> + <table id="tab_id421647014413667"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id971647014413668" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_rejecttrackedchangetonext.svg" id="img_id631647014413669" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id661647014413670">Icon Reject Track Change and select next one</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id361647014413671" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Reject Track Change and select next one</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp#managechangeshead"/> + + <section id="icon_manage_changes"> + <table id="tab_id491647014498849"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id721647014498850" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_accepttrackedchanges.svg" id="img_id551647014498851" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id381647014498852">Icon Manage Track Changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id641647014498854" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Manage Track Changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp#comment"/> + <table id="tab_id211647018300376"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id111647018300377" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_shownote.svg" id="img_id271647018300378" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id61647018300380">Icon Insert Comment</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id851647018300382" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Comment</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230300.xhp#trackchangecommenthead"/> + <table id="tab_id41647015103298"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id411647015103299" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_commentchangetracking.svg" id="img_id181647015103300" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id381647015103301">Icon Insert Track Change Comment</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611647015103302" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Track Change Comment</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230150.xhp#red_protect"/> + <section id="icon_protect"> + <table id="tab_id711647015406605"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id481647015406606" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_protecttracechangemode.svg" id="img_id591647015406607" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id311647015406608">Icon Protect Changes</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id901647015406609" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Protect Changes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02240000.xhp#compare_document"/> + <section id="icon_compare_doc"> + <table id="tab_id151647015829635"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611647015829636" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_comparedocuments.svg" id="img_id31647015829637" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id691647015829638">Icon Compare Document</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id441647015829640" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Compare Document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/01/02230500.xhp#merge_documents"/> + + <section id="icon_merge_docs"> + <table id="tab_id101647019044606"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id331647019044607" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_mergedocuments.svg" id="img_id271647019044609" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id451647019044610">Icon Merge Document</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id201647019044612" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Merge Document</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </section> + +</body> +</helpdocument> |